Analogs of Indole-3-Carbinol and Their Use as Agents Against Infection

ABSTRACT

Compounds useful as antibacterial agents are provided. The compounds are analogs of indole-3-carbinol and have a backbone selected from dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole, 2,2′-diindolylmethane, 2′,3-diindolylmethane, and 3,3′-diindolylmethane. The compounds are useful therapeutic and prophylactic treatment of bacterial infections in mammals. Methods of synthesis of the compounds are provided, as are pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. 119(e) to U.S.Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/097,816, filed Sep. 17, 2008, thedisclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.

GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

This invention was made in part with government support under grantnumber HDTRA1-08-C-0050 awarded by the Defense Threat Reduction Agency.The government has certain rights in this invention.

TECHNICAL FIELD

This invention relates generally to compounds and compositions for thetreatment of bacterial infection. More particularly, the inventionpertains to novel indole analogs that are useful in treating a range ofinfections, including Gram positive bacterial infections and Gramnegative bacterial infections.

BACKGROUND

For patients who have a bacterial infection, the most common cure isadministration of antibacterial drugs. Bacterial resistance to suchdrugs is unfortunately a common development due, for example, to drugoveruse and misuse. When patients stop taking antibacterial drugs tooearly, any remaining bacteria are likely to have increased resistant tothe antibacterial drug. Recently, there has been a dramatic increase inthe occurrence of bacteria that are resistant to many or all of thecommonly used antibacterial drugs. Because multiple drug resistance is agrowing problem, physicians are now confronted with infections for whichthere is no effective therapy.

Strategies to address these issues emphasize enhanced surveillance ofdrug resistance, increased monitoring and improved usage ofantimicrobial drugs, professional and public education, development ofnew drugs, and assessment of alternative therapeutic modalities.Alternative and improved agents are needed for the treatment ofbacterial infections, particularly for the treatment of infectionscaused by resistant strains of bacteria, e.g., penicillin-resistant,methicillin-resistant, ciprofloxacin-resistant, and/orvancomycin-resistant strains.

Accordingly, there is a need for improved, broad-spectrum antibioticagents that are effective against both Gram-positive and Gram-negativebacteria, and are also effective against antibiotic-resistant bacteria.Ideally, such agents would show low toxicity to the patient, would beinexpensive and readily synthesized from commonly available startingmaterials, would exhibit high levels of oral bioavailability, and/orwould exhibit high levels of efficacy at relatively low doses.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is directed to the aforementioned need in the art,and provides novel indole analogs that are potent antibacterial agents.The compounds display considerable advantages relative to existingantibacterial agents. For example, the present compounds havesignificant antibacterial activity, are effective against Gram positive,Gram negative, drug-resistant bacteria, and exhibit prophylactic as wellas therapeutic utility. Furthermore, many of the compounds have goodoral bioavailability and have a very broad therapeutic window, in turnmeaning that no toxicity will be seen even at high doses. From a safetystandpoint, then, the compounds are optimal. Furthermore, the compoundshave fairly simple molecular structures, and may be readily synthesizedusing straightforward synthetic techniques.

The invention also provides a method for preventing or treating abacterial infection in a mammalian individual by administration of anantibacterial agent as provided herein. Generally, in chemoprevention,the patient will have been identified as being at an elevated risk ofdeveloping a bacterial infection. Such patients include, for example,those commonly exposed to one or more types of harmful bacteria, thoseexpecting to be exposed to one or more types of harmful bacteria duringa particular event such as a surgical procedure, and those have weakenedor depressed immunity.

In a first embodiment, the disclosure provides a method for preventingor treating a bacterial infection in a mammalian individual byadministration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compoundhaving the structure of formula (I)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, and R¹⁰ are substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl,C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato,carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substitutedarylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato,isocyanato, dihydroxyboryl, di-(C₁-C₂₄)-alkoxyboryl, isothiocyanato,azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₆-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents selected from R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ may belinked to form a cyclic structure selected from five-membered rings,six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/or six-membered rings,wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, orheteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogen substituents and zero to3 heteroatoms; and R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)amino-substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and nitrogen protecting groups.

In another embodiment, the above-described method for treatment orprevention of a bacterial infection involves administration of acompound having the structure of formula (II)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ are independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl,sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl,halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato, carboxy,carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl,thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato,isothiocyanato, azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₅-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents may be linked to form a cyclic structure selected fromfive-membered rings, six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/orsix-membered rings, wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic,heteroaromatic, or heteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogensubstituents and zero to 3 heteroatoms;

R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄ alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl;

R¹³ and R¹⁴ are defined as for R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸, withthe proviso that at least one of R¹³ and R¹⁴ is other than hydrogen; and

X is O, S, arylene, heteroarylene, CR¹⁵R¹⁶ or NR¹⁷ wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶are hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ where R¹⁸ and R¹⁹are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl, and R¹⁷ is as defined for R¹¹ and R¹².

In a still further embodiment, the above-described method for thetreatment or prevention of cancer involves administration of a novelcompound having the structure of formula (III)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R¹¹, R¹², and X are as defined forcompounds having the structure of formula (II); and

R²⁰ and R²¹ are defined as for R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸.

Additional compounds of the invention, also useful in conjunction withthe above-described therapeutic and prophylactic methods, have thestructure of formula (IV)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R¹¹, and R¹² are defined as forcompounds having the structure of formula (II);

R^(5A), R^(6A), R^(7A), R^(8A), and R^(12A) are defined as for R⁵, R⁶,R⁷, R⁸, and R¹², respectively;

R²² and R²³ are defined as for R²⁰ and R²¹ in the structure of formula(III); and

X¹ and X² are independently selected from O, S, arylene, heteroarylene,CR¹⁵R¹⁶ and NR¹⁷, or together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ wherein R¹⁵, R¹⁶, R¹⁷, R¹⁸,and R¹⁹ are as defined previously with respect to compounds of formulae(II),

with the proviso that at least one of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸,R^(5A), R^(6A), R^(7A), R^(8A), R¹¹, R¹², R²² and R²³ is other thanhydrogen.

In a further embodiment, the invention provides a method for reducing apopulation of bacteria, comprising administering a compound having thestructure of formula (I), (II), (III), or (IV), or a combinationthereof.

In another embodiment, the invention encompasses pharmaceuticalcompositions containing a compound as provided herein in combinationwith a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Preferably, although notnecessarily, such compositions are oral dosage forms and thus contain acarrier suitable for oral drug administration.

In a further embodiment, the invention provides compounds having thestructure of formula (I), wherein R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹,and R¹⁰ are as defined herein.

In a further embodiment, methods are provided for synthesizing thecompounds of the invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS I. Definitions andNomenclature

Unless otherwise indicated, the invention is not limited to specificsynthetic methods, analogs, substituents, pharmaceutical formulations,formulation components, modes of administration, or the like, as suchmay vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used hereinis for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is notintended to be limiting.

In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will bemade to a number of terms, which shall be defined to have the followingmeanings:

As used herein, the phrase “having the formula” or “having thestructure” is not intended to be limiting and is used in the same waythat the term “comprising” is commonly used.

The term “alkyl” as used herein refers to a branched or unbranchedsaturated hydrocarbon group typically although not necessarilycontaining 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl,isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, octyl, decyl, and the like, aswell as cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl,and the like. Generally, although again not necessarily, alkyl groupsherein contain 1 to about 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 12carbon atoms. The term “lower alkyl” intends an alkyl group of 1 to 6carbon atoms. Preferred substituents identified as “C₁-C₆ alkyl” or“lower alkyl” contain 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferredsuch substituents contain 1 or 2 carbon atoms (i.e., methyl and ethyl).“Substituted alkyl” refers to alkyl substituted with one or moresubstituent groups, and the terms “heteroatom-containing alkyl” and“heteroalkyl” refer to alkyl in which at least one carbon atom isreplaced with a heteroatom, as described in further detail infra. If nototherwise indicated, the terms “alkyl” and “lower alkyl” include linear,branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, substituted, and/orheteroatom-containing alkyl or lower alkyl, respectively.

The term “alkenyl” as used herein refers to a linear, branched or cyclichydrocarbon group of 2 to about 24 carbon atoms containing at least onedouble bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl,isobutenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl,tetracosenyl, and the like. Generally, although again not necessarily,alkenyl groups herein contain 2 to about 18 carbon atoms, preferably 2to 12 carbon atoms. The term “lower alkenyl” intends an alkenyl group of2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the specific term “cycloalkenyl” intends acyclic alkenyl group, preferably having 5 to 8 carbon atoms. The term“substituted alkenyl” refers to alkenyl substituted with one or moresubstituent groups, and the terms “heteroatom-containing alkenyl” and“heteroalkenyl” refer to alkenyl in which at least one carbon atom isreplaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, the terms“alkenyl” and “lower alkenyl” include linear, branched, cyclic,unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkenyl andlower alkenyl, respectively.

The term “alkynyl” as used herein refers to a linear or branchedhydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms containing at least one triplebond, such as ethynyl, n-propynyl, and the like. Generally, althoughagain not necessarily, alkynyl groups herein contain 2 to about 18carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The term “lower alkynyl”intends an alkynyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The term “substitutedalkynyl” refers to alkynyl substituted with one or more substituentgroups, and the terms “heteroatom-containing alkynyl” and“heteroalkynyl” refer to alkynyl in which at least one carbon atom isreplaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, the terms“alkynyl” and “lower alkynyl” include linear, branched, unsubstituted,substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkynyl and lower alkynyl,respectively.

The term “alkoxy” as used herein intends an alkyl group bound through asingle, terminal ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group may berepresented as —O-alkyl where alkyl is as defined above. A “loweralkoxy” group intends an alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms,and includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy,t-butyloxy, etc. Preferred substituents identified as “C₁-C₆ alkoxy” or“lower alkoxy” herein contain 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularlypreferred such substituents contain 1 or 2 carbon atoms (i.e., methoxyand ethoxy).

The term “aryl” as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refersto an aromatic substituent containing a single aromatic ring or multiplearomatic rings that are fused together, directly linked, or indirectlylinked (such that the different aromatic rings are bound to a commongroup such as a methylene or ethylene moiety). Preferred aryl groupscontain 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aryl groupscontain 5 to 14 carbon atoms. Exemplary aryl groups contain one aromaticring or two fused or linked aromatic rings, e.g., phenyl, naphthyl,biphenyl, diphenylether, diphenylamine, benzophenone, and the like.“Substituted aryl” refers to an aryl moiety substituted with one or moresubstituent groups, and the terms “heteroatom-containing aryl” and“heteroaryl” refer to aryl substituent, in which at least one carbonatom is replaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, the term“aryl” includes unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroaryl.

The term “aryloxy” as used herein refers to an aryl group bound througha single, terminal ether linkage, wherein “aryl” is as defined above. An“aryloxy” group may be represented as —O-aryl where aryl is as definedabove. Preferred aryloxy groups contain 5 to 20 carbon atoms, andparticularly preferred aryloxy groups contain 5 to 14 carbon atoms.Examples of aryloxy groups include, without limitation, phenoxy,o-halo-phenoxy, m-halo-phenoxy, p-halo-phenoxy, o-methoxy-phenoxy,m-methoxy-phenoxy, p-methoxy-phenoxy, 2,4-dimethoxy-phenoxy,3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenoxy, and the like.

The term “alkaryl” refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent,and the term “aralkyl” refers to an alkyl group with an arylsubstituent, wherein “aryl” and “alkyl” are as defined above. Preferredaralkyl groups contain 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferredaralkyl groups contain 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of aralkyl groupsinclude, without limitation, benzyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, 3-phenyl-propyl,4-phenyl-butyl, 5-phenyl-pentyl, 4-phenylcyclohexyl, 4-benzylcyclohexyl,4-phenylcyclohexylmethyl, 4-benzylcyclohexylmethyl, and the like.Alkaryl groups include, for example, p-methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl,p-cyclohexylphenyl, 2,7-dimethylnaphthyl, 7-cyclooctylnaphthyl,3-ethyl-cyclopenta-1,4-diene, and the like.

The term “cyclic” refers to alicyclic or aromatic substituents that mayor may not be substituted and/or heteroatom containing, and that may bemonocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic. When multicyclic, such groups mayinclude fused rings and/or non-fused rings (i.e., rings that aresubstituents bonded to rings).

The terms “halo” and “halogen” are used in the conventional sense torefer to a chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo substituent.

The term “heteroatom-containing” as in a “heteroatom-containing alkylgroup” (also termed a “heteroalkyl” group) or a “heteroatom-containingaryl group” (also termed a “heteroaryl” group) refers to a molecule,linkage or substituent in which one or more carbon atoms are replacedwith an atom other than carbon, e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur,phosphorus or silicon, typically nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Similarly,the term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl substituent that isheteroatom-containing, the term “heterocyclic” refers to a cyclicsubstituent that is heteroatom-containing, the terms “heteroaryl” andheteroaromatic” respectively refer to “aryl” and “aromatic” substituentsthat are heteroatom-containing, and the like. Examples of heteroalkylgroups include alkoxyaryl, alkylsulfanyl-substituted alkyl, N-alkylatedamino alkyl, and the like. Examples of heteroaryl substituents includepyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, indolyl, pyrimidinyl,imidazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, etc., and examples ofheteroatom-containing alicyclic groups are pyrrolidino, morpholino,piperazino, piperidino, etc.

“Hydrocarbyl” refers to univalent hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 toabout 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 24 carbon atoms, morepreferably 1 to about 18 carbon atoms, most preferably about 1 to 12carbon atoms, including linear, branched, cyclic, saturated, andunsaturated species, such as alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, aryl groups,and the like. “Substituted hydrocarbyl” refers to hydrocarbylsubstituted with one or more substituent groups, and the term“heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl” refers to hydrocarbyl in which atleast one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. Unless otherwiseindicated, the term “hydrocarbyl” is to be interpreted as includingsubstituted and/or heteroatom-containing hydrocarbyl moieties.

By “substituted” as in “substituted alkyl,” “substituted aryl,” and thelike, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meantthat in the alkyl, aryl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atombound to a carbon (or other) atom is replaced with one or morenon-hydrogen substituents. Examples of such substituents include,without limitation: functional groups such as halo, hydroxyl,sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀aryloxy, acyl (including C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl (—CO-alkyl) and C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonyl (—CO-aryl)), acyloxy (—O-acyl), C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl(—(CO)—O-alkyl), C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O-aryl), halocarbonyl(—CO)—X where X is halo), C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-alkyl),C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-aryl), carboxy (—COOH), carboxylato(—COO⁻), carbamoyl (—(CO)—NH₂), mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl (—(CO)—NH(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)), di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl (—(CO)—N(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)₂), mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl(—(CO)—NH-aryl), thiocarbamoyl (—(CS)—NH₂), carbamido (—NH—(CO)—NH₂),cyano(—C≡N), isocyano (—N⁺≡C⁻), cyanato (—O—C≡N), isocyanato (—O—N⁺≡C⁻),isothiocyanato (—S—C≡N), azido (—N═N⁺═N⁻), formyl (—(CO)—H), thioformyl(—(CS)—H), amino (—NH₂), mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted amino,mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido(—NH—(CO)-alkyl), C₆-C₂₀ arylamido (—NH—(CO)-aryl), imino (—CR═NH whereR=hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl,heteroatoms such as nitrogen, etc.), alkylimino (—CR═N(alkyl), whereR=hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, etc.), arylimino (—CR═N(aryl), whereR=hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, etc.), nitro (—NO₂), nitroso (—NO),sulfo (−SO₂—OH), sulfonato (—SO₂—O⁻), C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl (—S-alkyl;also termed “alkylthio”), arylsulfanyl (—S-aryl; also termed“arylthio”), C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl (—(SO)-alkyl), C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl(—(SO)-aryl), C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl (—SO₂-alkyl), C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfonyl(—SO₂-aryl), phosphono (—P(O)(OH)₂), phosphonato (—P(O)(O⁻)₂),phosphinato (—P(O)(O⁻)), phospho (—PO₂), and phosphino (—PH₂); and thehydrocarbyl moieties C₁-C₂₄ alkyl (preferably C₁-C₁₈ alkyl, morepreferably C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, most preferably C₁-C₆ alkyl), C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl(preferably C₂-C₁₈ alkenyl, more preferably C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl, mostpreferably C₂-C₆ alkenyl), C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl (preferably C₂-C₁₈ alkynyl,more preferably C₂-C₁₂ alkynyl, most preferably C₂-C₆ alkynyl), C₅-C₂₀aryl (preferably C₅-C₁₄ aryl), C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl (preferably C₆-C₁₈alkaryl), and C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl (preferably C₆-C₁₈ aralkyl).

In addition, the aforementioned functional groups may, if a particulargroup permits, be further substituted with one or more additionalfunctional groups or with one or more hydrocarbyl moieties such as thosespecifically enumerated above. In particular, any of the above-mentionedgroups may, where permitted, be halogenated (including perhalogenated)or contain halogenated substituents. Representative examples includeperhalogenated C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl or acyloxy groups.

Analogously, the above-mentioned hydrocarbyl moieties may be furthersubstituted with one or more functional groups or additional hydrocarbylmoieties such as those specifically enumerated.

When the term “substituted” appears prior to a list of possiblesubstituted groups, it is intended that the term apply to every memberof that group. For example, the phrase “substituted alkyl, alkenyl, andaryl” is to be interpreted as “substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl,and substituted aryl.” Analogously, when the term“heteroatom-containing” appears prior to a list of possibleheteroatom-containing groups, it is intended that the term apply toevery member of that group. For example, the phrase“heteroatom-containing alkyl, alkenyl, and aryl” is to be interpreted as“heteroatom-containing alkyl, substituted alkenyl, and substitutedaryl.”

It will be appreciated that the aforementioned groups are notnecessarily mutually exclusive, and that any given group may fall withinmore than one definition. For example, a benzyl group (i.e., —CH₂—C₆H₅)can be classified as an aralkyl group and as a substituted alkyl group.Throughout this specification, and unless specified otherwise,recitation of one definition (e.g., “alkyl”) and non-recitation of anoverlapping definition(s) (e.g., “aralkyl”) is not intended to excludethose groups that fall within both definitions. For example, for asubstituent R^(x) defined as “H or alkyl,” such definition should beinterpreted to include alkyl groups that may also fall within otherclassifying terms (e.g., benzyl).

“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently describedcircumstance may or may not occur, so that the description includesinstances where the circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.For example, the phrase “optionally substituted” means that anon-hydrogen substituent may or may not be present on a given atom, and,thus, the description includes structures wherein a non-hydrogensubstituent is present and structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituentis not present.

When referring to a compound of the invention, applicants intend theterm “compound” to encompass not only the specified molecular entity butalso its pharmaceutically acceptable, pharmacologically active analogs,including, but not limited to, salts, esters, amides, prodrugs,conjugates, active metabolites, and other such derivatives, analogs, andrelated compounds.

The terms “treating” and “treatment” as used herein refer to reductionin severity and/or frequency of symptoms, elimination of symptoms and/orunderlying cause, prevention of the occurrence of symptoms and/or theirunderlying cause, and improvement or remediation of damage. For example,treatment of a patient by administration of an anti-bacterial agent ofthe invention encompasses prophylactic treatment in a patientsusceptible to developing a bacterial infection (e.g., at a higher risk,as a result of genetic predisposition, environmental factors, or thelike), as well as therapeutic treatment of a patient having a bacterialinfection.

By the terms “effective amount” and “therapeutically effective amount”of a compound of the invention is meant a nontoxic but sufficient amountof the drug or agent to provide the desired effect.

By “pharmaceutically acceptable” is meant a material that is notbiologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., the material may beincorporated into a pharmaceutical composition administered to a patientwithout causing any undesirable biological effects or interacting in adeleterious manner with any of the other components of the compositionin which it is contained. When the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” isused to refer to a pharmaceutical carrier or excipient, it is impliedthat the carrier or excipient has met the required standards oftoxicological and manufacturing testing or that it is included on theInactive Ingredient Guide prepared by the U.S. Food and Drugadministration. “Pharmacologically active” (or simply “active”) as in a“pharmacologically active” derivative or analog, refers to a derivativeor analog having the same type of pharmacological activity as the parentcompound and approximately equivalent in degree.

II. Indole Analogs of the Invention and Synthesis Thereof

The compounds of the invention are indole analogs. In a firstembodiment, the compounds have the structure of formula (I)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, and R¹⁰ are substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl,C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato,carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substitutedarylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato,isocyanato, dihydroxyboryl, di-(C₁-C₂₄)-alkoxyboryl, isothiocyanato,azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₆-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents selected from R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ may belinked to form a cyclic structure selected from five-membered rings,six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/or six-membered rings,wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, orheteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogen substituents and zero to3 heteroatoms; and

R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl,amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄ alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and nitrogenprotecting groups.

In some embodiments, R¹, R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁷, and R⁸ in formula (I) areselected from hydrogen and halo. In some preferred embodiments, R³ andR⁷ are the same, and in other preferred embodiments, R³ and R⁷ aredifferent. In some preferred embodiments, R¹ and R⁵ are the same, and inother preferred embodiments, R¹ and R⁵ are different. In some preferredembodiments, R⁴ and R⁸ are the same, and in other preferred embodiments,R⁴ and R⁸ are different.

In some embodiments, R² and R⁶ in formula (I) are independently selectedfrom hydrogen, halo, formyl, cyano, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl (including substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl such as perhalogenated, ether-substituted, andamino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and heteroatom-containing C₁-C₂₄ alkyl),C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy (including heteroatom-containing C₁-C₂₄alkoxy), C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, carbamoyl (including unsubstituted carbamoyl(i.e., —(CO)—NH₂), mono-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, and heteroatom-containing C₁-C₁₂ alkylsubstituted carbamoyl), C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, and amino (includingmono- and di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted amino, C₃-C₁₂ cyclic amino,heteroatom-containing C₂-C₁₂ cyclic amino, and salts thereof). In somepreferred embodiments, R² and R⁶ are independently selected fromhydrogen, halo, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl (including perhalogenated alkyl),and C₂-C₂₄ alkyloxycarbonyl (including perhalogenated alkyloxycarbonyl).In some preferred embodiments, R² and/or R⁶ is alkyl which may beunsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents as describedherein. Such substituents include, for example, halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy(including substituted alkoxy such as polyethers), aryloxy, and amines(including mono-alkyl-substituted amines, di-alkyl-substituted amines,cyclic amines, substituted cyclic amines, and heteroatom-containingcyclic amines). In some preferred embodiments, R² and R⁶ areindependently selected from electron withdrawing groups. As will beappreciated by the skilled artisan, the term “electron withdrawing”refers to a group that is more electronegative than a reference group,i.e., a hydrogen atom. Examples of electron withdrawing groups includehalo, carbonyl groups (e.g., C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄alkylcarbonyl, and formyl), cyano, nitro, and haloginated alkyl. In somepreferred embodiments, R² and R⁶ are the same, and in other preferredembodiments, R² and R⁶ are different.

In some embodiments, R⁹ in formula (I) is selected from hydrogen, halo,cyano, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl (including substituted and unsubstituted C₁-C₂₄alkyl, heteroatom-containing C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and C₃-C₁₂ cycloalkyl),C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl (including substituted, unsubstituted, andheteroatom-containing C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl), and amino (including mono- anddi-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted amino, C₃-C₁₂ cyclic amino,heteroatom-containing C₁-C₁₂ amino, and heteroatom-containing C₂-C₁₂cyclic amino). For example, in some preferred embodiments, R⁹ isselected from hydrogen, halo, unsubstituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₃-C₁₂cycloalkyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl (including alkenyl substituted with a groupselected from amines, amides, and esters), and —NR^(d1)R^(d2), whereinR^(d1) and R^(d2) are independently selected from hydrogen,unsubstituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, or whereinR^(d1) and R^(d2) are taken together to form a 5-, 6-, or 7-member cyclethat may further include one or more heteroatoms, one or moresubstituents, or a combination thereof.

In some embodiments, R¹⁰ in formula (I) is selected from C₁-C₂₄ alkyl,C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, and C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy. For example, in someembodiments R¹⁰ is selected from unsubstituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl (including fluorinated and perfluorinated C₁-C₂₄ alkyl),heteroatom containing C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, unsubstituted C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl,substituted C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, heteroatom containing C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl,unsubstituted C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, substituted C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, heteroatomcontaining C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, unsubstituted C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, and heteroatom containing C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy. For example, insome embodiments, R¹⁰ is —O-L₁-CHR^(x1)R^(x2),—O-L-N(R^(y1))(R^(y2))(R^(y3))_(n2)(X)_(n3), —O-L-SR^(z1), or has thestructure

wherein:

L is a linker selected from a C₁-C₁₂ straight chain, C₂-C₁₂ branched, orC₃-C₁₂ cyclic alkylene group that may be substituted, unsubstituted,heteroatom containing, or a combination thereof, and an alkylene oxideoligomer (such as, for example, (—CH2-CH2-O—)_(n1), where n1 is in therange 2-12);

L₁ is a linker selected from a bond, a C₁-C₁₂ straight chain, C₂-C₁₂branched, or C₃-C₁₂ cyclic alkylene group that may be substituted,unsubstituted, heteroatom containing, or a combination thereof, and analkylene oxide oligomer (such as, for example, (—CH2-CH2-O—)_(n1), wheren1 is in the range 2-12);

R^(y1) and R^(y2) are independently selected from hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl,amino (including substituted amino), imino (including nitrogensubstituted imino such that Q1 is a guanidine, substituted guanidine, orcyclic guanidine group), C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl (including halogenatedalkylsulfonyl), and C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfonyl, any of which may be furthersubstituted and/or heteroatom-containing where such groups permit, orwherein R^(y1) and R^(y2) are taken together to form a cyclic orpolycyclic group that may be unsubstituted, substituted, and/or furtherheteroatom-containing;

R^(y3) is selected from hydrogen and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl;

n2 and n3 are the same and are selected from 0 and 1;

X is a negatively charged counterion;

R^(x1) and R^(x2) are independently selected from hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, anyof which may be further substituted and/or heteroatom-containing wheresuch groups permit, or wherein R^(x1) and R^(x2) are taken together toform a cyclic or polycyclic group that may be unsubstituted,substituted, and/or further heteroatom-containing; and

R^(z1) is selected from C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl,C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, and C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, any of which may be furthersubstituted and/or heteroatom-containing where such groups permit,

Q₁ and Q₂ are selected from a bond and —CH₂—;

Q₃ is selected from a bond, —CH(R^(a3))—, —O—, and —NR^(a4)—, providedthat Q₃ is not a bond when both Q₁ and Q₂ are bonds;

R^(a1) and R^(a2) are independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl,amino, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl-substituted amino, and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl;

R^(a3) and R^(a4) are independently selected from hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂alkyl, unsubstituted amino, and mono- or di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substitutedamino;

Q₄, Q₅, and Q₆ are selected from —CHR^(b1)— and —NR^(b1)—, where R^(b1)is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl-substitutedamino, and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl;

p1 is an integer in the range of 0-2;

Q⁷ is selected from —CH< and —N<;

Q⁸, Q⁹, Q¹⁰, and Q¹¹ are independently selected from —CH(R^(e1))—,═C(R^(e1))—, —NR^(e1)—, and —N═, where R^(e1) is selected from hydrogen,hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl-substituted amino, and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl,provided that: (1) any two of Q⁸, Q⁹, Q¹⁰, and Q¹¹ that are adjacenteach other may be linked by a double bond, with the proviso that no morethan two double bonds are present, and, when two double bonds arepresent, a single bond is present between them; and (2) any two adjacentR^(e1) groups (i.e., R^(e1) groups that are attached to adjacent atomsin the ring) may be taken together to form a 5- or 6-membered ring thatmay be further substituted and may have one or more heteroatoms;

R^(c1), R^(c2), and R^(c3) are independently selected from hydrogen,C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and C₅-C₂₀ aryl, any of which may be further substitutedand/or heteroatom-containing where such groups permit, provided that andtwo of R^(c1), R^(c2), and R^(c3) may be taken together to form a cyclicor polycyclic group that may be unsubstituted, substituted, and/orfurther heteroatom-containing.

For example, in some embodiments, L is —(CH₂)_(m)—, where m is aninteger from 1 to 6. Also for example, in some embodiments, X is halo,such as F⁻, Cl⁻, Br⁻, or I⁻.

In some embodiments, R¹¹ and R¹² in formula (I) are independentlyselected from hydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl (including substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl and heteroatom-containing C₁-C₂₄ alkyl such asether-substituted and amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl), C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl,and amine protecting groups. Examples of amine protecting groups includecarbamates such as Fmoc and Boc. Additional amine protecting groupexamples can be found in the pertinent literature (e.g., Greene et al.,Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3^(rd) Ed. (New York: Wiley,1999). In some preferred embodiments, R¹¹ and R¹² are the same, and inother preferred embodiments, R¹¹ and R¹² are different. For example, insome preferred embodiments, R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected fromhydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, andC₁-C₂₄ alkyl substituted with a group selected from cyano, C₅-C₂₀ aryl,and —NR^(z1)R^(z2), wherein R^(z1) and R^(z2) are independently selectedfrom hydrogen, unsubstituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl,or wherein R^(z1) and R^(z2) are taken together to form a 5-, 6-, or7-member cycle that may further include one or more heteroatoms, one ormore substituents, or a combination thereof.

In some preferred embodiments of formula (I), R¹, R⁴, R⁵, and R⁸, arehydrogen. These compounds have the structure of formula (Ia)

wherein R², R⁶, R⁹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, and R¹² are as defined above.

In some embodiments, one of R¹¹ and R¹² is a group having the formula ofstructure (I), attached through one of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, orR⁸. For example, when R¹² is a group having the formula of structure(I), and when the attachment point is through R², the compound will havethe structure of formula (Ib):

Other compounds useful in the methods of the invention have thestructure of formula (II)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ are substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl,halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀aryloxycarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonato, carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano,isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, isothiocyanato, azido, formyl,thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted amino, mono-and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₅-C₂₀arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino, nitro, nitroso, sulfo,sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl,C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfonyl,phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino, andcombinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents may be linked to form a cyclic structure selected fromfive-membered rings, six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/orsix-membered rings, wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic,heteroaromatic, or heteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogensubstituents and zero to 3 heteroatoms, with the proviso that one butnot both of R² and R⁶ is amino, mono-substituted amino, ordi-substituted amino;

R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄ alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl;

R¹³ and R¹⁴ are defined as for R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸, withthe proviso that at least one of R¹³ and R¹⁴ is other than hydrogen; and

X is O, S, arylene, heteroarylene, CR¹⁵R¹⁶ or NR¹⁷ wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶are hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ where R¹⁸ and R¹⁹are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl, and R¹⁷ is as defined for R¹¹ and R¹².

In preferred compounds of formula (II), R¹, R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁷, and R⁸ arehydrogen, and X is CR¹⁵R¹⁶, such that the compounds have the structureof formula (IIa)

Preferred R² and R⁶ moieties in structures (II) and (IIa) include,without limitation, hydrogen, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl,C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonyl,C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ acyloxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato, carboxy, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₁₂ alkylamido,C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfanyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfinyl, and C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfonyl,including substituted analogs thereof for those substituents that permitsubstitution (e.g., hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, dialkylaminoalkyl,aminoalkylcarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, carboxy-substituted alkyl,etc.). Within the aforementioned substituents, preferred R² and R⁶moieties are halo, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl,C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, C₁-C₁₂alkylsulfanyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfinyl, and C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfonyl. PreferredR¹¹ and R¹² moieties are also as given for compounds of formula (I), andthus include hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl,amino-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, (C₁-C₁₂ alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₁₂alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl.

Preferred R¹³ and R¹⁴ substituents in structures (II) and (IIa) areselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, andC₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, and more preferred R¹³ and R¹⁴ substituents instructures (II) and (IIa) include hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy,and C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl.

Preferred R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ substituents in structure (IIa) include hydrogenand C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ whereR¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In particularly preferred compounds of formula (IIa), R² and R⁶ arehydrogen or C₂-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, R¹¹ and R¹² are hydrogen, C₂-C₆alkoxycarbonyl, or C₁-C₆ alkyl, R¹³ and R¹⁴ are hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₁-C₆ alkoxy, or C₂-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, and R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are hydrogen,C₁-C₆ alkyl, or together form ═CH₂. Optimally, R² and R⁶ are hydrogen orethoxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O—CH₂CH₃), R¹¹ and R¹² are hydrogen, R¹³ and R¹⁴are independently hydrogen, methyl, or ethoxycarbonyl, and R¹⁵ and R¹⁶are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl.

Exemplary compounds encompassed by formula (II) include, withoutlimitation: 3-Methylthio-2,2′-diindolylmethane;3,3′-Dimethyl-2,2′-diindolylmethane;3,3′-Dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane;3,3′-Dimethyl-5-carbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane;5,5′-Dicarbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dimethyl-3,3′-dimethyl-2,2′-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dimethyl-3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane;N-Methyl-3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dicarbethoxy-3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane;and N-Carbethoxy-3,3′-dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2,2′-diindolylmethane.

In a further embodiment, compounds are provided having the structure offormula (III)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R¹¹, R¹², and X are defined as forcompounds of formula (II); and

R²⁰ and R²¹ are defined as for R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸.

In preferred compounds of formula (III), R¹, R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁷, and R⁸ arehydrogen, and X is CR¹⁵R¹⁶, such that the compounds have the structureof formula (IIIa)

Preferred R² and R⁶ moieties in structures (III) and (IIIa) include,without limitation, hydrogen, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl,C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonyl,C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ acyloxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato, carboxy, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₁₂ alkylamido,C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfanyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfinyl, and C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfonyl,including substituted analogs thereof for those substituents that permitsubstitution. Within the aforementioned substituents, more preferred R²and R⁶ moieties are halo, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy, C₂-C₁₂alkoxycarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfanyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfinyl, and C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfonyl.Preferred R¹¹ and R¹² moieties are as given for compounds of formulae(I) and (II), and thus include hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₂-C₁₂alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, (C₁-C₁₂alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl.

Preferred R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ substituents in structure (III) include hydrogenand C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, or wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ whereR¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl.

Preferred R²⁰ and R²¹ substituents in structures (III) and (IIIa) areselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, andC₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, and more preferred R²⁰ and R²¹ substituents instructures (III) and (IIIa) include hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂alkoxy, and C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl.

In particularly preferred compounds of formula (III), R² and R⁶ areindependently hydrogen or C₂-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, R¹¹ and R¹² areindependently hydrogen, C₂-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, or C₁-C₆ alkyl, R²⁰ andR²¹ are independently hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, or C₂-C₆alkoxycarbonyl, and R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are independently hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl,or together form ═CH₂. Optimal R² and R⁶ substituents are hydrogen andethoxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O—CH₂CH₃), optimal R¹¹ and R¹² substituents arehydrogen and C₁-C₆ alkyl, optimal R²⁰ and R²¹ substituents are hydrogen,methyl, and ethoxycarbonyl, and optimal R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ substituents arehydrogen and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

Exemplary compounds encompassed by formula (III) include, withoutlimitation: 2,3′-Diindolylmethane;2,3′-Dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2′,3-diindolylmethane;2,3′-Dimethyl-2′,3-diindolylmethane;5,5′-Dicarbethoxy-2′,3-diindolylmethane;5-Carbethoxy-2,3′-dimethyl-2′,3-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dimethyl-2,3′-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dimethyl-2,3′-dimethyl-2′,3-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dimethyl-2,3′-Dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2′,3-diindolylmethane;N-Methyl-2,3′-Dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2′,3-diindolylmethane;N,N′-Dicarbethoxy-2,3′-Dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2′,3-diindolylmethane;and N-Carbethoxy-2,3′-Dimethyl-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-2′,3-diindolylmethane.

Additional compounds of the invention have the structure of formula (IV)

wherein:

R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R¹¹, and R¹² are defined as forcompounds having the structure of formula (II);

R^(5A), R^(6A), R^(7A), R^(8A), and R^(12A) are defined as for R⁵, R⁶,R⁷, R⁸, and R¹², respectively;

R²² and R²³ are defined as for R²⁰ and R²¹ in the structure of formula(III); and

X¹ and X² are independently selected from O, S, arylene, heteroarylene,CR¹⁵R¹⁶, and NR¹⁷ wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, ortogether form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ where R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl,and R¹⁷ is as defined for R¹¹ and R¹²,

with the proviso that at least one of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸,R^(5A), R^(6A), R^(7A), R^(8A), R¹¹, R¹², R²² and R²³ is other thanhydrogen.

In preferred compounds of formula (IV), R¹, R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁷, R⁸, R^(5A),R^(7A), and R^(8A) are hydrogen, and X¹ and X² are CH₂, such that thecompounds have the structure of formula (IVa)

with the proviso that at least one of R², R⁶, R^(6A), R¹¹, R¹², R^(12A),R²² and R²³ is other than hydrogen.

Preferred R², R⁶, and R^(6A) moieties in structures (IVa) include,without limitation, hydrogen, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl,C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonyl,C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ acyloxy, C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato, carboxy, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₁₂ alkylamido,C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfanyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfinyl, and C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfonyl,including substituted analogs thereof for those substituents that permitsubstitution. Within the aforementioned substituents, preferred R², R⁶,and R^(6A) moieties are halo, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy, C₂-C₁₂alkoxycarbonyl, C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfanyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfinyl, and C₁-C₁₂ alkylsulfonyl. Inmore preferred compounds, at least one of R², R⁶, and R^(6A) is C₂-C₁₂alkoxycarbonyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkylcarbonato. Preferred R¹¹, R¹², and R^(12A)moieties include, without limitation, hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₂-C₁₂alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, (C₁-C₁₂alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl.

Preferred R²² and R²³ substituents in structures (IV) and (IVa) areselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, andC₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, and more preferred R²² and R²³ substituents instructures (II) and (IIa) include hydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxy,and C₂-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl.

In particularly preferred compounds of formula (IVa), R², R⁶, R^(6A),R²², and R²³ are independently hydrogen or C₂-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, andR¹¹, R¹², and R^(12A) are independently hydrogen, or C₁-C₆ alkyl.Optimally, R², R⁶, R^(6A), R²², and R²³ are hydrogen or ethoxycarbonyl(—(CO)—O—CH₂CH₃).

Examples of specific compounds encompassed by formula (IV) include,without limitation:2-(2-Carbethoxy-indol-3-ylmethyl)-2′-carbethoxy-3,3′-diindolylmethane;2-(5-Bromo-indol-3-ylmethyl)-5,5′-dibromo-3,3′-diindolylmethane; and2-(5-Carbethoxy-indol-3-ylmethyl)-5,5′-dicarbethoxy-3,3′-diindolylmethane.

Where compounds having the structure of formula (I), (II), (III), or(IV) comprise one or more stereocenters, the invention encompasses allstereoisomers of such compounds. For example, where a compound of theinvention may exist as one of two enantiomers, both enantiomers arewithin the scope of the invention. Furthermore, a composition containingsuch a compound may contain a mixture of enantiomers (e.g., a racemicmixture) or a single enantiomer (to the extent that such is possiblegiven the methods of synthesis of the particular compound). Similarly,where a compound may exist as a plurality of diastereomers, theinvention includes all such diastereomers and compositions may includeone or more diastereomer in any proportion.

A compound of the invention may be administered in the form of a salt,ester, amide, prodrug, active metabolite, analog, or the like, providedthat the salt, ester, amide, prodrug, active metabolite or analog ispharmaceutically acceptable and pharmacologically active in the presentcontext. Salts, esters, amides, prodrugs, active metabolites, analogs,and other derivatives of the active agents may be prepared usingstandard procedures known to those skilled in the art of syntheticorganic chemistry and described, for example, by J. March, AdvancedOrganic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4th Ed. (NewYork: Wiley-Interscience, 1992).

For example, acid addition salts may be prepared from a free base (e.g.,a compound containing a primary amino group) using conventionalmethodology involving reaction of the free base with an acid. Suitableacids for preparing acid addition salts include both organic acids,e.g., acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalicacid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaricacid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelicacid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid,salicylic acid, and the like, as well as inorganic acids, e.g.,hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid,phosphoric acid, and the like. An acid addition salt may be reconvertedto the free base by treatment with a suitable base. Conversely,preparation of basic salts of any acidic moieties that may be presentmay be carried out in a similar manner using a pharmaceuticallyacceptable base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, ammoniumhydroxide, calcium hydroxide, trimethylamine, or the like. Preparationof esters involves reaction of a hydroxyl group with an esterificationreagent such as an acid chloride. Amides may be prepared from esters,using suitable amine reactants, or they may be prepared from ananhydride or an acid chloride by reaction with ammonia or a lower alkylamine. Prodrugs, conjugates, and active metabolites may also be preparedusing techniques known to those skilled in the art or described in thepertinent literature. Prodrugs and conjugates are typically prepared bycovalent attachment of a moiety that results in a compound that istherapeutically inactive until modified by an individual's metabolicsystem.

In addition, those compounds containing one or more chiral centers canbe in the form of a single stereoisomer such as a single diastereomer orenantiomer or as a mixture such as a racemic mixture of enantiomers. Insome cases, i.e., with regard to certain specific compounds illustratedherein, chirality (i.e., relative stereochemistry) is indicated. Inother cases, it is not, and such structures are intended to encompassboth the stereoisomerically pure form of the compound shown as well as amixture of stereoisomers. Preparation of compounds in stereoisomericallypure form may be carried out using an stereoselective synthesis;alternatively, stereoisomers may be separated post-synthesis, usingroutine methodology.

Other derivatives and analogs of the active agents may be prepared usingstandard techniques known to those skilled in the art of syntheticorganic chemistry, or may be deduced by reference to the pertinentliterature.

The compounds of the invention may be readily synthesized usingstraightforward techniques, from appropriately substituted indoles thatserve as starting materials (Moyer et al. (1986) J. Org. Chem. 51:5106-5110). Indole precursors used to synthesize the compounds of theinvention may be prepared using conventional techniques, such as bytreatment of nitrotoluene (V)

with N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal and pyrrolidine, to give theintermediate enamine (VI), which can then be cyclized by reduction withzinc in acetic acid to give the indole (VII).

The indole precursor (VII), substituted with one or more substituentsselected to result in the desired substituents on the product, is thenappropriately treated to provide a reactive site capable of renderingthe molecule able to self-condense. For example, precursor (VII) can beformylated (e.g., with phosphorus oxychloride and N,N-dimethylformamide)to give the aldehyde (VIII), followed by reduction with a suitablereducing agent (e.g., sodium borohydride) to the 3-hydroxymethyl-indoleanalog (IX), as follows:

Compound (IX) will then readily self-condense under aqueous basicconditions to give the substituted 3,3′-diindolylmethane (X):

Alternatively, compound (IX) may be condensed with a differentlysubstituted indole analog to provide the substituted3,3′-diindolylmethane (XII):

For example, the aforementioned reaction may be carried out with5-bromo-3-hydroxymethylindole (compound (IX), wherein R¹, R³, and R⁴ arehydrogen and R² is bromo) and 5-bromoindole (compound (XI), wherein R⁵,R⁷, and R⁸ are hydrogen and R⁶ is bromo), to provide the 5,5′-dibromoanalog of (XII). Various reactions may then be carried out to replacethe bromine substituents with other moieties, for example, with:

carboxylic ester groups, introduced by reaction of a brominated indoleanalog (e.g., 5,5′-dibromo-3,3′-diindolylmethane) with an alkyl, aryl,or aralkyl chloroformate (e.g., ethyl chloroformate orbenzylchloroformate), during which the nitrogen atoms are protected;

carboxyl groups, prepared by basic hydrolysis of the carboxylic estergroups;

alkylsulfanyl (thioalkyl) groups, prepared by reaction of a brominatedindole analog (e.g., 5,5′-dibromo-3,3′-diindolylmethane) with adisulfide, e.g., methyldisulfanyl methane;

alkylsulfonyl groups, prepared by oxidation of the alkylsulfanyl groups;and

amides, by reaction of a brominated indole analog (e.g.,5,5′-dibromo-3,3′-diindolylmethane) with a carbamyl halide (e.g.,dimethylcarbamyl chloride).

Alternatively, the substituted 3,3′-diindolylmethane (X) may be preparedby coupling two compounds of formula (VII) using formaldehyde in thepresence of acid:

The 3,3′-diindolylmethane analogs so prepared may then be used directlyin the synthesis of compounds of formula (I), i.e.,5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazoles. The reaction is carried out viacyclization of a 3,3′-diindolylmethane analog of formula (XII) by: (1)protecting the indolyl nitrogen atoms of a compound (XII) with asuitable amino protecting group, to provide an N-protected intermediate(XIII); and (2) treating the protected compound so provided with anorganolithium reagent LiR, optionally in conjunction with a compoundselected to provide a nonhydrogen substituent R¹⁰:

In compounds (XIII) and (XIV), Y is the amino protecting group, whichmay be any suitable protecting group that is inert with respect to theorganolithium reagent but may be removed following synthesis of (XIV).Preferred amino protecting groups are carbamates, e.g., alkyl carbonatessuch as t-butyloxycarbonyl, or “BOC.” Other suitable amino protectinggroups will be known to those in the field of synthetic organicchemistry, and/or are described in the pertinent texts and literature.See, e.g., Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3^(rd)Ed. (New York: Wiley, 1999). The organolithium reagent LiR, as will beappreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, may be analkyllithium reagent such as methyl lithium, isopropyl lithium,n-butyllithium, s-butyllithium, t-butyllithium, or the like, or anaryllithium lithium reagent, e.g., phenyl lithium or p-tolyl lithium, ora lithium amide reagent, e.g., lithium 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidide(LiTMP) or lithium diisopropylamide.

The optional additional reactant selected to provide a non hydrogen R¹⁰substituent as shown will depend, of course, on the particular R¹⁰substituent intended. Examples of such reactants include, withoutlimitation, anhydrides, acyl chlorides, alkyl and aryl carbonate, andalkyl and aryl chloroformates. For example, R¹⁰ may be —OH when an ethylchloroformate is used as the optional additional reactant. As will beappreciated by those of skill in the art, when R¹⁰ is —OH, a variety ofmodification reactions may be used to prepare compounds having any of awide variety of groups for R¹⁰. Examples are shown in Scheme 1.

Compounds of formula (II) herein, i.e., 2,2′-diindolylmethane analogs,are synthesized using procedures that are analogous to those describedabove with respect to synthesis of 3,3′-diindolylmethane analogs.However, in the synthesis of 2,2′-diindolylmethane analogs, theC3-position of the indole precursor is blocked to enable reaction at theless active (C2) site. The reaction, illustrated below with the blockinggroup identified as “Z,” may be represented as follows:

Z is preferably selected so as to be readily removable from the product(XVI); an ideal blocking group is methylthio or bromo, which can beremoved by reductive elimination using a suitable catalyst.

Compounds of formula (III), i.e., 2,3′-diindolylmethane analogs, arealso made by coupling two appropriately substituted indolyl precursorssuch that the linkage in the product is provided between the C3-positionof one indole precursor and the C2-position of a C3-“blocked” indoleprecursor. Such a reaction is illustrated below in the preparation ofcompound (XVIII):

Appropriate reagents and reaction conditions are analogous to thosedescribed above with respect to synthesis of the 3,3′-diindolylmethaneand 2,2′-diindolylmethane analogs.

Compounds of formula (IV) may be similarly synthesized by reaction of anindolyl precursor having the structure of formula (XIX) with a secondindolyl precursor (XX) that is unsubstituted at both the C2 and C3positions, which results in reaction at both sites. Such a reaction isillustrated below in the preparation of compound (XXI):

III. Pharmaceutical Formulations

The compounds of the invention are preferably administered as part of apharmaceutical formulation. The novel compounds may be convenientlyformulated into pharmaceutical formulations composed of one or more ofthe compounds in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,as described in more detail below. See Remington: The Science andPractice of Pharmacy, 19^(th) Ed. (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Co.,1995), which discloses typical carriers and conventional methods ofpreparing pharmaceutical formulations.

The pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may comprise one ormore than one compound described herein. For example, the compositionsmay comprise 2, 3, or 4 compounds described herein in any suitableratio.

The compounds of the present invention may also be used in combinationwith a known antibacterial agent. Non-limiting examples of suchantibacterial agents may be selected from the following groups: (1)Macrolides or ketolides such as erythromycin, azithromycin,clarithromycin and telithromycin; (2) Beta-lactams including penicillin,cephalosporin, and carbapenems such as carbapenem, imipenem, andmeropenem; (3) Monobactams such as penicillin G, penicillin V,methicillin, oxacillin, cloxacillin, dicloxacillin, nafcillin,ampicillin, amoxicillin, carbenicillin, ticarcillin, mezlocillin,piperacillin, azlocillin, temocillin, cepalothin, cephapirin,cephradine, cephaloridine, cefazolin, cefamandole, cefuroxime,cephalexin, cefprozil, cefaclor, loracarbef, cefoxitin, cefmetazole,cefotaxime, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefoperazone, ceftazidime,cefixime, cefpodoxime, ceftibuten, cefdinir, cefpirome, cefepime, andastreonam; (4) Quinolones such as nalidixic acid, oxolinic acid,norfloxacin, pefloxacin, enoxacin, ofloxacin, levofloxacin,ciprofloxacin, temafloxacin, lomefloxacin, fleroxacin, grepafloxacin,sparfloxacin, trovafloxacin, clinafloxacin, gatifloxacin, moxifloxacin,sitafloxacin, ganefloxacin, gemifloxacin and pazufloxacin; (5)Antibacterial sulfonamides and antibacterial sulphanilamides, includingpara-aminobenzoic acid, sulfadiazine, sulfisoxazole, sulfamethoxazoleand sulfathalidine; (6) Aminoglycosides such as streptomycin, neomycin,kanamycin, paromycin, gentamicin, tobramycin, amikacin, netilmicin,spectinomycin, sisomicin, dibekalin and isepamicin; (7) Tetracyclinessuch as tetracycline, chlortetracycline, demeclocycline, minocycline,oxytetracycline, methacycline, doxycycline; (8) Rifamycins such asrifampicin (also called rifampin), rifapentine, rifabutin,bezoxazinorifamycin and rifaximin; (9) Lincosamides such as lincomycinand clindamycin; (10) Glycopeptides such as vancomycin and teicoplanin;(11) Streptogramins such as quinupristin and daflopristin; (12)Oxazolidinones such as linezolid; (13) Polymyxin, colistin andcolymycin; and (14) Trimethoprim and bacitracin.

The additional known antibacterial agent may be administered incombination with the compounds of the present inventions wherein theknown antibacterial agent is administered prior to, simultaneously, orafter the compound or compounds of the present invention. Whensimultaneous administration of a compound of the invention with a knownagent is desired and the route of administration is the same, then acompound of the invention may be formulated with a known agent into thesame dosage form.

The pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may further compriseone or more additional active agents (i.e., other than an antibacterialagent). Examples of such active agents include analgesics, antifungalagents, antiviral agents, and the like.

The pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may further compriseone or more excipients/carriers such as antiadherents, binders,coatings, disintegrants, fillers, diluents, flavorings, colorants,glidants, lubricants, preservatives, sorbents, and the like, some ofwhich are described in more detail hereinbelow. Some examples ofmaterials that can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers aresugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as cornstarch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodiumcarboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powderedtragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients such as cocoa butter andsuppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil; saffloweroil; sesame oil; olive oil; corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such apropylene glycol; esters such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar,buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide;alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution;ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as othernon-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryl sulfate andmagnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents,coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents,preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition,according to the judgment of the formulator.

IV. Modes of Administration

The compounds of the invention may be administered orally, parenterally,rectally, vaginally, buccally, sublingually, nasally, by inhalation,topically, transdermally, or via an implanted reservoir in dosage formscontaining conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriersand excipients. The term “parenteral” as used herein is intended toinclude subcutaneous, intravenous, and intramuscular injection. Theamount of the compound administered will, of course, be dependent on theparticular active agent, the condition or disorder being treated, theseverity of the condition or disorder, the subject's weight, the mode ofadministration and other pertinent factors known to the prescribingphysician. Generally, however, dosage will be in the range ofapproximately 0.001 mg/kg/day to 100 mg/kg/day, more preferably in therange of about 0.1 mg/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day.

Depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceuticalformulation may be a solid, semi-solid or liquid, such as, for example,a tablet, a capsule, caplets, a liquid, a suspension, an emulsion, asuppository, granules, pellets, beads, a powder, or the like, preferablyin unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precisedosage. Suitable pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms may beprepared using conventional methods known to those in the field ofpharmaceutical formulation and described in the pertinent texts andliterature, e.g., in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,cited above.

For those compounds that are orally active, oral dosage forms aregenerally preferred, and include tablets, capsules, caplets, solutions,suspensions and syrups, and may also comprise a plurality of granules,beads, powders or pellets that may or may not be encapsulated. Preferredoral dosage forms are tablets and capsules.

Tablets may be manufactured using standard tablet processing proceduresand equipment. Direct compression and granulation techniques arepreferred. In addition to the active agent, tablets will generallycontain inactive, pharmaceutically acceptable carrier materials such asbinders, lubricants, disintegrants, fillers, stabilizers, surfactants,coloring agents, and the like. Binders are used to impart cohesivequalities to a tablet, and thus ensure that the tablet remains intact.Suitable binder materials include, but are not limited to, starch(including corn starch and pregelatinized starch), gelatin, sugars(including sucrose, glucose, dextrose, and lactose), polyethyleneglycol, waxes, and natural and synthetic gums, e.g., acacia sodiumalginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulosic polymers (includinghydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, and the like), and Veegum. Lubricants are used to facilitatetablet manufacture, promoting powder flow and preventing particlecapping (i.e., particle breakage) when pressure is relieved. Usefullubricants are magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, and stearic acid.Disintegrants are used to facilitate disintegration of the tablet, andare generally starches, clays, celluloses, algins, gums, or crosslinkedpolymers. Fillers include, for example, materials such as silicondioxide, titanium dioxide, alumina, talc, kaolin, powdered cellulose,and microcrystalline cellulose, as well as soluble materials such asmannitol, urea, sucrose, lactose, dextrose, sodium chloride, andsorbitol. Stabilizers, as well known in the art, are used to inhibit orretard drug decomposition reactions that include, by way of example,oxidative reactions.

Capsules are also preferred oral dosage forms, in which case the activeagent-containing composition may be encapsulated in the form of a liquidor solid (including particulates such as granules, beads, powders orpellets). Suitable capsules may be either hard or soft, and aregenerally made of gelatin, starch, or a cellulosic material, withgelatin capsules preferred. Two-piece hard gelatin capsules arepreferably sealed, such as with gelatin bands or the like. See, forexample, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, cited supra,which describes materials and methods for preparing encapsulatedpharmaceuticals.

Oral dosage forms, whether tablets, capsules, caplets, or particulates,may, if desired, be formulated so as to provide for gradual, sustainedrelease of the active agent over an extended time period. Generally, aswill be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, sustainedrelease dosage forms are formulated by dispersing the active agentwithin a matrix of a gradually hydrolyzable material such as aninsoluble plastic (e.g., polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene), or ahydrophilic polymer, or by coating a solid, drug-containing dosage formwith such a material. Hydrophilic polymers useful for providing asustained release coating or matrix include, by way of example:cellulosic polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, ethylcellulose, cellulose acetate, and carboxymethylcellulose sodium; acrylicacid polymers and copolymers, preferably formed from acrylic acid,methacrylic acid, acrylic acid alkyl esters, methacrylic acid alkylesters, and the like, e.g. copolymers of acrylic acid, methacrylic acid,methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate and/or ethylmethacrylate; and vinyl polymers and copolymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinyl acetate, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer.

Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceuticallyacceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups andelixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage formsmay contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, forexample, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifierssuch as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethylacetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butyleneglycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut,corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol,tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid estersof sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oralcompositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents,emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfumingagents.

Preparations according to this invention for parenteral administrationinclude sterile nonaqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.Examples of nonaqueous solvents or vehicles are propylene glycol,polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils, such as olive oil and corn oil,gelatin, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Parenteralformulations may also contain adjuvants such as preserving, wetting,emulsifying, and dispersing agents. The formulations are renderedsterile by incorporation of a sterilizing agent, filtration through abacteria-retaining filter, irradiation, or heat. They can also bemanufactured using a sterile injectable medium.

The compounds of the invention may also be administered through the skinor mucosal tissue using conventional transdermal drug delivery systems,wherein the active agent is contained within a laminated structure thatserves as a drug delivery device to be affixed to the skin. In such astructure, the drug composition is contained in a layer, or “reservoir,”underlying an upper backing layer. The laminated structure may contain asingle reservoir, or it may contain multiple reservoirs. In oneembodiment, the reservoir comprises a polymeric matrix of apharmaceutically acceptable contact adhesive material that serves toaffix the system to the skin during drug delivery. Alternatively, thedrug-containing reservoir and skin contact adhesive are present asseparate and distinct layers, with the adhesive underlying the reservoirwhich, in this case, may be either a polymeric matrix as describedabove, or it may be a liquid or hydrogel reservoir, or may take someother form. Transdermal drug delivery systems may in addition contain askin permeation enhancer.

Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferablysuppositories that can be prepared by mixing the compounds of thisinvention with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such ascocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solidat ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore meltin the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.

Compositions of the invention may also be formulated for delivery as aliquid aerosol or inhalable dry powder. Liquid aerosol formulations maybe nebulized predominantly into particle sizes that can be delivered tothe terminal and respiratory bronchioles where bacteria reside inpatients with bronchial infections, such as chronic bronchitis andpneumonia. Pathogenic bacteria are commonly present throughout airwaysdown to bronchi, bronchioli and lung parenchema, particularly interminal and respiratory bronchioles. During exacerbation of infection,bacteria can also be present in alveoli. Liquid aerosol and inhalabledry powder formulations are preferably delivered throughout theendobronchial tree to the terminal bronchioles and eventually to theparenchymal tissue.

Aerosolized formulations of the invention may be delivered using anaerosol forming device, such as a jet, vibrating porous plate orultrasonic nebulizer, preferably selected to allow the formation ofaerosol particles. Further, the formulation preferably has balancedosmolarity ionic strength and chloride concentration, and the smallestaerosolizable volume able to deliver effective dose of the compounds ofthe invention to the site of the infection. Additionally, theaerosolized formulation preferably does not impair negatively thefunctionality of the airways and does not cause undesirable sideeffects.

Compounds of the invention may also be formulated for use as topicalpowders and sprays that can contain, in addition to the compounds ofthis invention, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminumhydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of thesesubstances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propellants suchas chlorofluorohydrocarbons.

Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlleddelivery of a compound to the body. Such dosage forms can be made bydissolving or dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Absorptionenhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the compound acrossthe skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a ratecontrolling membrane or by dispersing the compound in a polymer matrixor gel.

Administration of the compositions of the invention is not limited byany particular regimen, which will typically be selected by thepractitioner as appropriate. For example, the compositions may beadministered on a regular schedule (e.g., once daily, twice daily, onceweekly, etc.) for long periods of time when administeredprophylactically, or regularly for a shorter period of time (e.g., forone, two, or three days, or one or two weeks, or one month) whenadministered therapeutically.

IV. Utility

The compounds of the invention are useful in the prevention andtreatment of many different bacterial infections, including infectionswith Gram-positive, Gram-negative, and drug-resistant bacteria. Forexample, the present compounds exhibit efficacy with respect to thetreatment of infections with Francisella tularensis (FT; Gram-negative);Bacillus anthracis (BA; Gram-positive); Yersinia pestis (YP;Gram-negative); Brucella abortus (BAB; Gram-negative); Burkholderiamallei (BM; Gram-negative); Burkholderia pseudomallei (BP;Gram-negative); Acinetobacter baumannii (AB; Gram-negative); Listeriamonocytogenes (LM; Gram-positive); Shigella dysenteriae (SD;Gram-negative); Enterococcus faecalis (Gram-positive),Vancomycin-resistant enterococci (VRE) and Vancomycin-sensitiveenterococci (VSE); methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA);methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA);penicillin-susceptible S. pneumoniae (PSSP); and penicillin-resistant S.pneumoniae (PRSP); Mycobacterium tuberculosis; Mycobacterium bovis;Mycobacterium africanum; Mycobacterium canetti; Mycobacterium microti;etc.

Other bacterial infections that may be treated or prevented using thecompounds of the invention include infections resulting from bacteria ofthe genus Escherichia, Enterobacter, Salmonella, Staphylococcus,Shigella, Listeria, Aerobacter, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Proteus,Pseudomonas, Streptococcus, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Pneumococcus,Neisseria, Clostridium, Bacillus, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium,Campylobacter, Vibrio, Serratia, Providencia, Chromobacterium, Brucella,Yersinia, Haemophilus, Bordetella, Burkholderia, Acinetobacter,Enterococcus, and Francisella. Other examples, as well as examples ofthe foregoing include Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae,Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella oxytoca, Proteusmirabilis, Serratia marcescens, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia,Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Burkholderia cepacia, Acinetobactercalcoaceticus, Alcaligenes xylosoxidans, Flavobacterium meningosepticum,Providencia stuartii and Citrobacter freundi, community lung infectionssuch as those caused by Haemophilus Influenzae, Legionella species,Moraxella catarrhalis, Branhamella catarrhalis, Enterobacter species,Acinetobacter species, Klebsiella species, and Proteus species, andinfections caused by other bacterial species such as Neisseria species,Shigella species, Salmonella species, Helicobacter pylori, Vibrionaceaeand Bordetella species as well as the infections is caused by a Brucellaspecies.

Accordingly, the invention provides methods for treating a patient(typically, although not necessarily, a human patient) in need of suchtreatment. The methods involve administration of one or more compoundsdescribed herein. Typically, the compound is administered in the form ofa composition as described herein. The methods include therapeutictreatment of a patient having a bacterial infection, as well asprophylactic treatment of a patient (i.e., a patient not having abacterial infection). For example, the methods include treatment of apatient having Tuberculosis.

Furthermore, the invention provides methods for reducing the number ofbacteria in a patient by administration of the compounds describedherein. The invention further provides methods for eliminating a colonyof bacteria from a patient using the compound disclosed herein. Theinvention further provides methods for killing and/or disrupting thegrowth of bacteria using the compounds disclosed herein.

Generally, in prophylactic use, the patient will have been identified asbeing at an elevated risk of developing a bacterial infection. Suchpatients include, for example, those expecting to be exposed to anenvironment with an increased level of bacteria present. Commonly, suchpatients include those undergoing surgery or other procedures inhospitals. Other examples include armed-service personnel who may beexposed to bacteria as part of routine operations, or individuals(military or civilian) who are at increased risk of exposure to bacteriaas a result of an attack with biological weapons.

It is to be understood that while the invention has been described inconjunction with the preferred specific embodiments thereof, thedescription above as well as the examples that follow are intended toillustrate and not limit the scope of the invention. Other aspects,advantages and modifications within the scope of the invention will beapparent to those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains.

All patents, patent applications, journal articles, and other referencecited herein are incorporated by reference in their entireties.

EXPERIMENTAL

¹H and ¹³C NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Gemini 300 or 400 MHzspectrometer and are internally referenced depending on the deuteratedNMR solvents used. Data for ¹H NMR are reported as follows: chemicalshift (δ ppm), multiplicity (s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet,m=multiplet), coupling constant (Hz), integration, and assignment. Datafor ¹³C are reported in terms of chemical shift. IR spectra wererecorded on a Perkin-Elmer 1610 spectrometer and are reported in termsof frequency of absorption (cm⁻¹). Mass spectra were obtained using aThermoFinnigan LCQ Duo LC/MS/MS instrument and an electrosprayionization probe. Thin-layer chromatography was run on Analtech Uniplatesilica gel TLC plates.

Example 12-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

1. To a solution of 5-fluoroindole (100 g, 750 mmol) in THF (750 mL) wasadded trifluoroacetic acid (9 mL) and 37% formaldehyde solution (91 mL,1220 mmol) and stirred at 40° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature and washed with water (300 mL) and 10% sodiumhydroxide solution (150 mL). The organic layer was then stirred with 40%sodium hydroxide solution (150 mL) for 6 hours. Hexane (100 mL) wasadded and the reaction mixture washed with brine until the washings wereneutral (4×500 mL). The organic layer was evaporated and the residueazeotroped with toluene (3×200 mL). The residue was chromatographed onsilica gel eluting with hexane/dichloromethane (30:70) and the purefractions evaporated to give 3,3′-di(5-fluoroindoyl)methane (43-46 g,41-45% yield) as a white solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz) (CDCl₃) δ 7.88 (2H,br-s, —NH), 7.18-7.25 (4H, m, arom), 6.89-6.99 (4H, m, arom) and 4.13ppm (2H, s, —CH₂—).

2. To a solution of 3,3′-di(5-fluoroindoyl)methane (43 g, 152 mmol) inTHF (350 mL) was added di-tert-butyldicarbonate (73 g, 335 mmol) and4-(dimethylamino) pyridine (940 mg) and stirred overnight. The reactionmixture was evaporated and triturated with methanol (200 mL) and theresulting white solid filtered and dried to give1,1′-diboc-3,3′-di(5-fluoroindoyl)methane (60.2 g, 83% yield). ¹H NMR(300 MHz) (CDCl₃) δ 8.05 (2H, br-s, ═CH), 7.41 (2H, s, arom), 7.13 (2H,dd, J=6.6, 1.8 Hz, arom), 7.03 (2H, dt, J=6.9, 2.4 Hz, arom), 3.99 (2H,s, —CH₂—) and 1.65 ppm (18H, s, -Boc).

3. In a 1-liter 3-necked flask equipped with cooling bath, overheadstirrer and argon inlet was placed a solution of2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (21.9 mL, 130 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (90mL) which was cooled to −30° C. To this was added 2.5M n-butyllithium(69 mL, 125 mmol) dropwise over 20 minutes and the reaction mixturewarmed to 0° C. and stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction was cooled to−78° C. and a solution of 1,1′-diboc-3,3′-di(5-fluoroindoyl)methane (24g, 49.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) added dropwise over 20minutes, making sure not to allow the temperature to rise over −65° C.The mixture was allowed to stir for 30 minutes before the addition ofethyl chloroformate (19 mL, 192 mmol) dropwise over 30 minutes andstirring for an additional hour. The excess chloroformate was quenchedby the addition of diethylamine (16.2 mL, 200 mmol) in methanol (16 mL)over 20 minutes with stirring for an additional 30 minutes. A solutionof acetic acid (57 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (57 mL) was added dropwiseover 15 minutes with additional stirring for 30 minutes. The reactionmixture was allowed to warm from −70° C. to room temperature and pouredinto water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer wasseparated and washed with water (200 mL), brine (2×200 mL) and thesolvent evaporated to give a solid, which was triturated with methanol(200 mL) and filtered. The solid was washed with ethyl acetate (100 mL)and recrystallized from dichloromethane (100 mL) and methanol (100 mL)at 40° C. to give5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (9.95 g, 40%yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz) (CDCl₃) δ 11.25 (1H, s, —OH), 8.04 (2H, dd,J=9.0, 4.3 Hz, arom), 7.89 (1H, s, arom), 7.65 (2H, dd, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz,arom), 7.15 (2H, dt, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz, arom) and 1.74 ppm (18H, s, -Boc).

4. A mixture of 5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole(406.8 mg, 0.8 mmol), 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl chloride hydrochloride(126.8 mg, 0.88 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (10 equivalents) in4A-molecular-sieve-dried acetone (40 mL) was magnetically stirred andheated to reflux under Ar. After the reaction was complete, it wascooled to room temperature. The inorganic salt was removed by filtrationand washed with a small quantity of acetone. The combined acetonesolution was concentrated on a rotavapor and dried under vacuum pump.The crude product was purified by flash chromatography. The resultantproduct2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanaminewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (40 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (˜40equivalents) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperatureovernight, concentrated, and dried under vacuum pump. The crude compoundwas dissolved in ethyl acetate (40 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO₃solution, dried under Na₂SO₄, concentrated, and flash chromatography toprovide the desired product2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine(195.9 mg, 65%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.40 (s, 2H), 8.56 (s,1H), 7.87 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H),7.20-7.11 (m, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.32(s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 378.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 380.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 23-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the reagent in step 4 was 3-(dimethylamino)propyl chloridehydrochloride. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.59 (s, 2H), 8.57 (s,1H), 7.89 (dd, J=10.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17(td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H),2.33 (s, 6H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 392.2 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z394.1 (M+H)+

Example 32,10-difluoro-6-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the reagent in step 4 was 1-(2-chloroethyl)piperidinehydrochloride. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.38 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s,1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H),7.24-7.14 (m, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H),2.60-2.40 (m, 4H), 1.61 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 4H), 1.51-1.39 (m, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 418.2 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 420.2 (M+H)+

Example 42-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the reagent in step 4 was 2-(diethylamino)ethyl chloridehydrochloride. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.52 (s, 2H), 8.58 (s,1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.18(td, J=J=9.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (t, J=5.6 Hz,2H), 2.67 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.05 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H)

Example 5N-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-N-methylbutan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the reagent in step 4 was 2-(N-methyl-N-butylamino)ethyl chloridehydrochloride. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.43 (s, 2H), 8.58 (s,1H), 7.89 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18(td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.48 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.22 (m,2H), 0.85 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H)

Example 62,10-difluoro-6-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the reagent in step 4 was 1-(2-chloroethyl)pyrrolidinehydrochloride. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.42 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s,1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H),7.23-7.14 (m, 2H), 4.35 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H),2.67-2.54 (m, 4H), 1.87-1.75 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 404.2 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 406.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 72-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the reagent in step 4 was 2-(Boc-amino)ethyl Bromide. 1H-NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=5.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd,J=4.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (t, J=5.0 Hz,2H), 3.55 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 350.1 (M−H)−.

Example 83-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine

A mixture of 5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole(4.03 g, 8.0 mmol), tert-butyl 3-bromopropylcarbamate (2.20 g, 9.2mmol), and Cs₂CO₃ (10.0 g, 31 mmol), and anhydrous MeCN (120 mL) washeated at 100° C. under Ar until the starting material disappeared (˜2h). After cooled to RT, the inorganic salt was removed by filtration,washed with dichloromethane, and the combined filtrate was concentrated.The resulting residue3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-aminewas dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL). TFA (10 mL) was added and the solutionwas stirred at RT overnight. After evaporation, the residue wassubjected to chromatography on silica gel, eluting with ethylacetate/hexane/MeOH (10% cNH₃.H₂O) (50/50/10-100/0/10), giving 2.35 g(82%) of3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.8 (br s, 2H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd,J=9.4, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.98 (pentalet,J=6.2 Hz, 2H).

Example 9 2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

To a suspension of5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (3.0 g, 5.9mmol) in anhydrous THF-DMF (80-50 mL) at 0-5° C. (with an ice-watercooling bath), was added NaH (320 mg, 60% in mineral oil, 8 mmol). Themixture was stirred at the same temperature for 10 to 15 min and abrownish solution resulted. MeI (1.0 mL) was then added and theresultant mixture stirred while slowly warmed up to RT and at RT for 2hours. The reaction mixture was treated with water, extracted with ethylacetate twice. The combined extract was washed with brine three times,dried over sodium sulfate, and evaporated to dryness to give 3.13 g ofyellowish crude product2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole, which was thendissolved in DCM (100 mL) and TFA (10 mL) added. The solution wasstirred at RT overnight. All volatiles were removed on arotary-evaporator; the residue was treated with sat. NaHCO₃, andextracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined extract was washed withbrine, dried over sodium sulfate, and evaporated to dryness. The residuewas subjected to chromatography on silica gel, eluting with mixturesolvent of hexane/dichloromethane (1/1-1/2). The desired compound wasrecrystallized once from DCM/Hexane to give pure desired product2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (1.57 g,83%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.24 (s, 2H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd,J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (td, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H).

Example 102-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-chloroindole. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.61 (br s, 2H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=1.2 Hz,2H), 7.50 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t,J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 410.1(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 412.0 (M+H)⁺.

Example 112-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 7except the starting indole was 5-chloroindole. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δppm 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.15 (dd, J=2.0, 0.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.4, 0.4 Hz,2H), 7.34 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (t,J=5.2 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 380.5 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 382.1 (M+H)+.

Example 123-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 8except the starting indole was 5-chloroindole. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.34(dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.98 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H),1.99 (pentalet, J=6.4 Hz, 2H).

Example 132-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 4except the starting indole was 5-chloroindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ ppm 11.71 (br s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H),2.91 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.04 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H);MS (ESI) m/z 438.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 440.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 142,10-dichloro-6-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 6except the starting indole was 5-chloroindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 10.14 (br s, 2H), 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J=1.6, 0.8 Hz, 2H),7.37-7.28 (m, 4H), 4.42 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.04-2.76 (m, 6H), 2.10-2.00(m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 436.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 438.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 153-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 2except the starting indole was 5-chloroindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ ppm 11.77 (s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.62 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 6H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z424.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 426.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 162,10-dichloro-6-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 3except the starting indole was 5-chloroindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ ppm 11.55 (br s, 2H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H),2.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.63-2.50 (m, 4H), 1.77-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.33(m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z 450.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 452.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 172-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N,N-trimethylethanaminiumiodide

To a solution of2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine(14 mg) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was added MeI (1.0 mL) at RT under Ar.The resultant solution was stirred overnight and the solid formed. Thesolid was collected by filtration and washed once with dichloromethaneand dried under vacuum to give the title compound (12 mg, 62%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δppm 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44(dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (ddd, J=9.2, 9.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.75-4.68(m, 2H), 4.12-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.46 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) e/z 394 (M−I)⁺.

Example 182-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.64 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 2H),7.50-7.41 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.34(s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 500.0 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 501.9 (M+H)⁺.

Example 192-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 4except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.73 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2.0, 2H),7.50-7.39 (m, 4H), 4.31 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.67(q, J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.04 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 528.1 (M−H)⁻.

Example 202,10-dibromo-6-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 3except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (t, J=5.2Hz, 2H), 2.73-2.56 (m, 4H), 1.83-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.64-1.52 (m, 2H) MS(ESI) m/z 540.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 541.9 (M+H)⁺.

Example 213-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 2except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.78 (s, 2H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),7.48-7.36 (m, 4H), 4.27 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.30(s, 6H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 514.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z515.9 (M+H)⁺.

Example 222,10-dibromo-6-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole, and the reagentin step 4 is 3-(dimethylamino)propyl chloride hydrochloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.4,2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (t,J=5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.84 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.72-2.52 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z541.1 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 542.9 (M+H)+.

Example 232,10-dibromo-6-(2-(4-sec-butylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole, and the reagentin step 4 is 1-sec-butyl-4-(2-chloro-ethyl)piperazine hydrochloride.¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.42 (s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 4H), 4.36 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.73 9t, J=5.6Hz, 2H), 2.66-2.15 (m, 9H), 1.27-1.10 (m, 2H), 0.87 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H),0.79 (t, J=2.8 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 597.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 599.0(M+H)⁺.

Example 24N-(2-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-N-methylbutan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 5except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.62 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 2H),7.47-7.36 (m, 4H), 4.32 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.46(t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.17 (m, 2H),0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 542.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 544.0(M+H)⁺.

Example 252,10-dibromo-6-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the starting indole in step 1 was 5-bromoindole, and the reagentin step 4 is 1-(3-bromopropyl)-pyrroline hydrobromide. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.55 (s, 2H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47(dd, J=8.8, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.73 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.68-2.53 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.78(m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 540.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 542.0 (M+H)⁺.

Example 262-(3,9-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 1except the starting indole in step 1 was 6-fluoroindole. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.56 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=8.4, 5.6Hz, 2H), 7.25 (dd, J=10.0, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.92-7.01 (m, 2H), 4.33 (t,J=5.6 Hz), 2.73 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 378.2(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 380.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 27 3,9-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 9except the starting indole in step 1 was 6-fluoroindole. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.35 (s, 2H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=8.4, 5.6Hz, 2H), 7.19 (dd, J=10.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.91-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H);MS (ESI) m/z 321.2 (M−H)⁻.

Example 282-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N-methylethanamine

A mixture of 2-(N-methyl-N-Boc-amino)ethanol (215.3 mg, 1.2285 mmol),3.0 mmol/g triphenylphosphine polymer bound (0.512 g, 1.54 mmol) anddi-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (215.3 mg, 1.23 mmol) in anhydrous THF(40 mL) was stirred for 10 minutes.5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (520.6 mg, 1.02mmol) was added to the mixture and the reaction mixture was stirred atroom temperature overnight. The resin was filtered and washed with asmall volume of THF. The combined solution was concentrated and flashchromatography to provide the corresponding Boc protected intermediate,which was deprotected under TFA/CH₂Cl₂ to offer the desired product2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N-methylethanamine(102.6 mg, 27%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.58 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd,J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.22-7.13 (m, 2H),4.32 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H); MS (ESI)m/z 364.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 366.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 294-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is 4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)morpholine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.18 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz,2H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=9.6, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.38(t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.61 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.32 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.80(t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 420.2 (M−H)⁻.

Example 302,10-difluoro-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is 2-methoxyethanol. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm11.02 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=9.6, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dd,J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (t, J=4.4 Hz,2H), 3.80 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H).

Example 311-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)piperidin-4-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tent-butyl1-(3-hydroxypropyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δppm 11.12 (br s, 2H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.46(dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (t, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.09-1.87 (m, 4H),1.73-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.17 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 447.2 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 449.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 32(S)-1-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is (S)-tent-butyl1-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δppm 11.30 (br s, 2H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=9.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45(dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=9.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=6.6Hz, 2H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.58 (m, 5H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 1H),2.13-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.51-1.39 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 433.2 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 435.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 332,10-difluoro-6-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tert-butyl4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δppm 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J=8.6, 4.0 Hz,2H), 7.11-7.03 (m, 2H), 4.40 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 4H),2.85 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.75-2.56 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 419.2 (M−H)⁻.

Example 346-(2-(3,5-dimethylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tert-butyl4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,6-dimethylpiperazine-1-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.33 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.4, 2.8Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.4, 2.8 Hz, 2H),4.37 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.94-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.75-2.68 (m, 2H), 1.64 (t,J=10.4 Hz, 2H), 0.93 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 447.2 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 449.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 352,10-difluoro-6-(2-(3-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tent-butyl4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-methylpiperazine-1-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.32 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz,2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.37(t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.90-2.68 (m, 7H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.65 (m,1H), 0.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 433.2 (M−H)⁻.

Example 362-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is 1-(dimethylamino)propan-2-ol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.58 (s, 2H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz,2H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H),4.50-4.42 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.55 (m, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=13.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H),2.38 (s, 6H), 1.40 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 392.2 (M−H)⁻.

Example 372,10-difluoro-6-(piperidin-4-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz,2H), 7.40 (dd. J=8.4, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (td, J=9.6, 2.8 Hz, 2H),4.63-4.50 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.05 (m,2H), 1.96-1.82 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 390.2 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 392.0(M+H)+.

Example 382,10-difluoro-6-(piperidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tent-butyl 3-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate.¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=9.2, 2.0 Hz,2H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12-7.03 (m, 2H), 4.63-4.54 (m, 1H),3.18-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.04 (dd, J=12.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 2.88-2.74 (m, 2H),2.11-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.43 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z390.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 392.1 (M+H)⁺.

Example 39

(1S,4S)-4-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)cyclohexanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is tert-butyl (1R,4R)-4-hydroxycyclohexylcarbamate.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz,2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H),4.82-4.73 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.88 (m,2H), 1.82-1.68 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 404.1 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 406.1(M+H)+

Example 402,10-difluoro-6-(pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is N-Boc-3-pyrrolidinol. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δppm 9.12 (br s, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35(dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 5.12 (t, J=4.4Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.30 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (td, J=10.0,4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=11.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.11(m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 376.2 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 378.1 (M+H)+

Example 41(R)-2,10-difluoro-6-(pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is (S)-(+)-N-Boc-3-pyrrolidinol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.12 (br s, 2H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz,2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 5.12(t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.33 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (td,J=10.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=11.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.27 (m, 1H),2.21-2.10 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 376.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 378.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 42(S)-2,10-difluoro-6-(pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the reagent is (R)-(+)-N-Boc-3-pyrrolidinol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.12 (br s, 2H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz,2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 5.12(t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.35 (d, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (td,J=10.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (dd, J=12.0, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.27 (m, 1H),2.21-2.10 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 376.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 378.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 432,10-dichloro-6-(pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis tent-butyl 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.26 (br s, 2H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H),7.39-7.29 (m, 4H), 5.11 (t, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.34 (d,J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (td, J=10.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J=12.2, 3.2 Hz,1H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.10 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 408.1 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 410.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 44(R)-2,10-dichloro-6-(pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis (R)-tent-butyl 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,CD3OD) δ ppm 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.4, 0.6 Hz,2H), 7.31 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 5.41 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.72 (m,2H), 3.56-3.45 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.40 (m, 1H), 1.28-1.16 (m, 1H); MS (ESI)m/z 408.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 410.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 45(S)-2,10-dichloro-6-(pyrrolidin-3-yloxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis (S)-tert-butyl 3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.27 (br s, 2H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 2H), 7.38-7.30 (m,4H), 5.09 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.29 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H),3.15 (td, J=10.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=11.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.28(m, 1H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 408.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z410.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 462,10-dichloro-6-(piperidin-4-ylmethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis N-Boc-4-piperidinemethanol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.43 (s,1H), 8.11 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (dd, J=8.4,2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.16 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.18-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.70 (td,J=12.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.09-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.38 (m,2H); MS (ESI) m/z 436.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 438.1 (M+H)+

Example 47(S)-2,10-dichloro-6-(pyrrolidin-2-ylmethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis (S)-(+)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinemethanol. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.30 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (dd, J=10.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H),4.11 (dd, J=10.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.16 (t, J=7.2 Hz,2H), 2.16-2.05 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.62 (m, 1H); MS (ESI)m/z 422.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 424.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 482,10-dichloro-6-(2-(piperidin-4-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis (S)-(+)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-pyrrolidinemethanol. 1H-NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.29 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.09-3.01(m, 2H), 2.62 (td, J=12.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.70 (m,3H), 1.33-1.18 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 450.2 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 452.1(M+H)+

Example 491-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)piperidin-4-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis tert-butyl 1-(3-hydroxypropyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamate. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.70 (s, 2H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t, J=5.4 Hz,2H), 3.24-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.03-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.84 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.30-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.65 (m,2H); MS (ESI) m/z 479.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 481.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 501-(2-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)piperidin-4-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis tert-butyl 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperidin-4-ylcarbamate. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.92 (s, 2H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 2H),7.41-7.30 (m, 4H), 4.39 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.21-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.85(m, 1H), 2.75 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 2.37-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 2H),1.78-1.65 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 465.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 467.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 51(S)-1-(2-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis (S)-tent-butyl 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.91 (s, 2H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=1.6 Hz,2H), 7.40-7.29 (m, 4H), 4.43-4.33 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.96(m, 2H), 2.95-2.74 (3H), 2.61 (dd, J=9.6, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.43-2.31 (m,1H), 1.79-1.68 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 451.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 453.0(M+H)⁺

Example 52(S)-1-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis (S)-tent-butyl 1-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.92 (s, 2H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 2H),7.39-7.29 (m, 4H), 4.42-4.31 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.26 (dd,J=9.8, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.09-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.98-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.36 (m,2H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.71 (m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 465.1 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 467.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 53N¹-(2-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)ethane-1,2-diamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis 2-((2-(Boc-amino)ethyl)-N-Boc-amino))ethanol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN)δ ppm 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.34(dd, J=8.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H),2.94 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 425.1(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 427.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 546-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylhexan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis 6-dimethylamino-1-hexanol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.35 (s,1H), 8.20 (s, 2H), 8.08 (s, 2H), 7.41-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.28 (t, J=6.4 Hz,2H), 2.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.42(m, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 466.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 468.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 554-(2-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis 4-(2-Hydroxyethyl)morpholine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.44 (s,1H), 8.25 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.4, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.87 (t,J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 542.1 (M−H)⁻

Example 562-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N-methylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 4H),4.31 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H); MS (ESI)m/z 486.0 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 487.9 (M+H)⁺

Example 572,10-dibromo-6-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis diethylene glycol monomethyl ether. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm8.74 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.26 (m, 4H), 4.50-4.38 (m,2H), 3.88-3.73 (m, 6H), 3.55 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 531.0 (M−H)−

Example 582,10-dibromo-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 28except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the reagentis 2-methoxyethanol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.21(s, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.24 (m, 2H), 4.43 (t, J=4.4 Hz,2H), 3.85 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 487.0 (M−H)⁻

Example 592-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine

A mixture of2-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine(133.0 mg, 0.2513 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (0.05 equivalent) in DMF (8 mL) ina hydrogenation flask was filled with H₂ and then evacuated with housevacuum for three times, and then filled with H₂ (30˜40 psi). Thereaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. When TLC and MSshowed the reaction was complete, the DMF solvent was removed undervacuum pump. The residue was dissolved in methanol and filtered throughcelite. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography toprovide the desired product2-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine (59.3mg, 64%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=7.6 Hz,2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (t, J=7.6 Hz,2H), 4.57 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (q, J=7.6 Hz,4H), 1.45 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 370.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z372.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 606-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,acetone-d₆) δ ppm 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.21-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz,2H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, J=7.2, 0.8 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (t, J=4.4 Hz,2H), 2.86-2.58 (m, 6H), 1.90-1.79 9m, 4H), 1.60-1.45 (m, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 384.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 614-(2-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.13 (s, 2H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.48(d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.14 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 4.40 (t,J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.80 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (t,J=7.6 Hz, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 386.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 622-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.32 (s, 2H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46(d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (td, J=7.2, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.05 (m, 2H), 4.32(t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z342.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 344.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 636-(2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.0 Hz,2H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.42 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.98(t, J=5.2 Hz, 4H), 2.85 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.75-2.53 (m, 4H); MS (ESI)m/z 383.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 385.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 642-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N-methylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz,2H), 7.35-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.91(t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 328.2 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 330.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 65N-(2-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-N-methylbutan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.37 (s, 2H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46(d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (td, J=7.2, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.08 (m, 2H), 4.34(t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.32(s, 3H), 1.58-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.36-1.23 (m, 2H), 0.87 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H);MS (ESI) m/z 384.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 386.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 666-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.27 (s, 2H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41(d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.09 (m, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=6.2Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.67-2.51 (m, 4H), 2.12-2.00 (m, 2H),1.88-1.73 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 382.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 384.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 676-(2-(4-sec-butylpiperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.19 (s, 2H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45(d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.36(t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.63-2.19 (m, 9H), 1.30-1.04(m, 2H), 0.91 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.81 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z439.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 441.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 68 6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 10.95 (s, 2H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.49(d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (td, J=7.2, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 2H), 4.39(dd, J=6.4, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (dd, J=5.6, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H); MS(ESI) m/z 329.2 (M−H)⁻

Example 694-(3-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 59 fromcorresponding 2,10-dibromoindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.03 (s, 2H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47(d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.10 (m, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.55 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.45-1.33 (m,4H), 1.13-1.03 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 398.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 400.1(M+H)⁺

Example 706-(2-(1,4-diazepan-1-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

To a solution of 1,2-dibromoethane (>5 equiv) in acetonitrile was addedCs₂CO₃ (2 equiv) and5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (1 equiv) underargon. The suspension was refluxed and the reaction was monitored byTLC. After completion of the reaction (1-3 hours), the solid was removedby filtration and washed with dichloromethane. The combined filtrate wasconcentrated and the residue was subjected to chromatography on silicagel, eluting with 8% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-(2-bromoethoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (77%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J=9.0, 4.2 Hz,2H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.4, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (td, J=9.0, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.21(t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.74 (s, 18H).

A mixture of5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-(2-bromoethoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (150.0mg, 0.24 mmol), tert-butyl4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,4-diazepane-1-carboxylate (97.6 mg, 0.49 mmol), abase (K₂CO₃ or Cs₂CO₃; 2-10 equiv) and potassium iodide (0.1 equivalent)in a anhydrous solvent (DMF, MeCN or DMSO; 30 mL per mmol) was heated to80-90° C. for 1-2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature andfiltered. The solution was concentrated and dried under vacuum pump. Theresidue was purified by flash chromatography to provide the6-(2-(1,4-diazepan-1-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole.

The corresponding BOC-protected compound was subjected to deprotectionunder TFA/CH₂Cl₂ at room temperature or heat neatly at 180-200° C. toprovide the desired compound6-(2-(1,4-diazepan-1-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole(60.2 mg, 57%). The resultant crude product purified by chromatography.In some cases, the crude product was pure enough for biology test.¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.42 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=9.2,2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (td, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H),4.64-4.53 (m, 4H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.54 (m,2H), 2.43-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.19 (m, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 435.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 71(S)-1-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is (3S)-(−)-3-(Boc-amino)pyrrolidine. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.78 (br s, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (td, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H),4.40 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.87-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.10-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.76(m, 3H), 2.63 (dd, J=9.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.69 (m,1H); MS (ESI) m/z 419.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 421.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 721-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)piperidin-4-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 4-Boc-aminopiperidine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δppm 9.78 (br s, 2H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38(dd, J=8.6, 4.2 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (td, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (t, J=4.6Hz, 2H), 3.24-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.77 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H),2.40-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.65 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z433.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 435.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 731-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)azetidin-3-ol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is azetidin-3-ol hydrochloride (23.1 mg, 0.2109mmol). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.89 (s, 2H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.79(dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.6, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (td, J=8.8,2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.71 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.91-3.83(m, 2H), 3.30-3.23 (m, J=2H), 2.98 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 406.2(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 408.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 741-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)piperidin-4-ol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 4-hydroxypiperidine. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δppm 11.37 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.4, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dd,J=8.6, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.23-7.14 (m, 2H), 4.72 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (t,J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.62-3.47 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 2H),2.30-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.47 (m, 2H)

Example 75N-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-1,1,1-trifluoromethanesulfonamide

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is trifluoromethanesulfonamide. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.12 (s, 2H), 9.68 (t, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.92(dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dd, J=4.2, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (td, J=7.21(td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.76-3.66 (m, 2H); MS(ESI) m/z 482.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 484.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 762-(4-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 2-(piperazin-1-yl)ethanol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD)δ ppm 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4Hz, 2H), 7.08 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (t,J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.82-2.64 (m, 8H), 2.61 (t, J=6.0Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 463.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 465.1 (M+H)+

Example 77(S)-1-(2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is (S)—N,N-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-amine. ¹H-NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (dd,J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=5.6 Hz,2H), 3.19-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.07-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.60(m, 1H), 2.52-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.93 (s, 6H), 1.88-1.76(m, 1H); MS (ESI) m/z 449.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 447.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 786-(2-(4-(1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 1-(1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-piperazine. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.14 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.56 (s, 2H), 7.90 (dd,J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.8, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 4.42 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.86 (t, J=5.6Hz, 2H), 2.58 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 498.3 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z500.1 (M+H)+

Example 792,10-difluoro-6-(2-(4-(pyrazin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 1-(2-pyrazinyl)-piperazine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.18 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.07(dd, J=2.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J=2.4Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H),4.43 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.86 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.63 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 497.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 499.1(M+H)⁺

Example 806-(2-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 1,2,4-triazole. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm11.11 (s, 2H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd,J=9.4, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.2Hz, 2H), 4.75 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.41 (p, J=6.8Hz, 2H).

Example 812,10-difluoro-6-(2-(5-methyl-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand2,10-difluoro-6-(2-(5-methyl-1H-tetrazol-1-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the reagent is 5-methyl-tetrazole. The reaction produces amixture of two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography.2,10-difluoro-6-(2-(5-methyl-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.08 (s, 2H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd,J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.6Hz, 2H), 5.19 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H);MS (ESI) m/z 417 (M−H)⁻, 453 (M+Cl)⁻.2,10-difluoro-6-(2-(5-methyl-1H-tetrazol-1-34)ethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.12 (s, 2H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd,J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 4.97 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.61 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H);MS (ESI) m/z 417 (M−H)⁻, 453 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 826-(2-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl)ethoxy)-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the staring material is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-(2-bromoethoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole and thereagent is 1,2,3-triazole. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.29 (s,2H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (s, 2H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.98 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.71 (t,J=6.0 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 434.0 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 436.0 (M+H)⁺

The starting material,5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-(2-bromoethoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole, couldbe prepared from 5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand 1,2-dibromoethane in 70-75% yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm8.16 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd,J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.74(s, 18H).

Example 831-(2-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-amineand2-(2-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)ethyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-amine

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 82except the reagent is 5-amino-1(H)-tetrazole. The reaction produces amixture of two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.25 (s, 2H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.51 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.13 (s, 2H),4.96 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.67 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 450.0(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 452.0 (M+H)⁺. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.23(s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46, (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),7.35 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.80 (br s, 1H), 4.67 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),4.10 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 450.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 451.9(M+H)+

Example 841-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-ol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the staring material is5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-(3-bromopropoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole and thereagent is 3-hydroxypyrroline. The reaction can be completed at roomtemperature overnight. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.57 (br s, 2H),8.27 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz,2H), 7.03 (td, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.67-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.26 (m, 2H),3.80 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.15-3.00 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.80 (m, 3H), 2.73-2.61(m, 1H), 2.38-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.70 (m, 1H); MS(ESI) m/z 434.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 436.1 (M+H)⁺

The starting material,5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-(3-bromopropoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole, couldbe prepared from 5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand 1,3-dibromopropane in 90% yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.11(s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J=9.0, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H),7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (t, J=6.8 Hz,2H), 2.14 (p, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.73 (s, 18H).

Example 85N-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)piperidin-4-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 84except the reagent is 4-amino-1-Boc-piperidine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD)δ ppm 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4Hz, 2H), 7.08 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.52-3.32(m, 5H), 3.09-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.92-1.74 (m, 2H); MS(ESI) m/z 447.2 (M−H)⁻

Example 86N-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amine.

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 84except the reagent is 8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-amine ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=10.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.27(dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (td, J=9.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (t, J=5.6Hz, 2H), 3.40-1.40 (br m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 489 (M+H)⁺.

Example 876-(3-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand6-(3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)propoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 84except the reagent is 1,2,4-triazole. The reaction produces a mixture oftwo isomers, which can be separated by chromatography.6-(3-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.13 (s, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s,1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (dd, J=8.8, 4.8Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (t,J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.32 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 416.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI)m/z 418.0 (M+H)⁺.6-(3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)propoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.11 (s, 2H), 8.60 (s, 3H), 7.91 (dd,J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 4.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.29 (m,2H); MS (ESI) m/z 416.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 418.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 882-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-amineand1-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-amine

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 84except the reagent is tetrazol-5-amine. The reaction produces a mixtureof two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.09 (s, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.4, 3.0Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H),6.02 (s, 2H), 4.77 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (p,J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 432 (M−H)⁻. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm11.10 (s, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd,J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.78 (s, 2H), 4.44 (t,J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 432 (M−H)⁻.

Example 896-(5-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)pentyloxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand6-(5-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)pentyloxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the staring material is5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-(5-bromopentyloxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole andthe reagent is 1,2,4-triazole. The reaction can be completed at roomtemperature overnight. The reaction produces a mixture of two isomers,which can be separated by chromatography.6-(5-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)pentyloxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.03 (s, 2H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s,1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17(td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.27-4.18 (m, 4H), 1.98-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.38(m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 444.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 446.1 (M+H)⁺.6-(5-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)pentyloxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.03 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.52 (s,2H), 7.89 (dd, J=9.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17(td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),1.97-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.35 (m, 2H).

The starting material,5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-(5-bromopentyloxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole,could be prepared from5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and1,5-dibromopentane in 94% yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.09 (s,1H), 8.04 (dd, J=9.0, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.17(td, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),1.84-1.52 (m, 6H), 1.73 (s, 18H).

Example 902-(5-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)pentyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-amineand1-(5-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)pentyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-amine

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 89except the reagent is tetrazol-5-amine. The reaction produces a mixtureof two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.03 (s, 2H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H),5.97 (s, 2H), 4.43 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.00-1.87(m, 4H), 1.54-1.43 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 460 (M−H)⁻, 496 (M+Cl)⁻. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.02 (s, 2H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=9.4,2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H),6.68 (s, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.00-1.90(m, 2H), 1.87-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.44 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 460 (M−H)⁻,496 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 91(1-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)piperidin-3-yl)methanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the staring material is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-(3-bromopropoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole and thereagent is 3-(Boc-aminomethyl)piperidine. The reaction can be completedat room temperature overnight ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 9.76 (s,2H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 2H), 7.40-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.35 (t, J=5.6 Hz,2H), 3.35-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.71(m, 9H), 1.17-1.03 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 493.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z495.1 (M+H)⁺

The starting material,5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-(3-bromopropoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole, couldbe prepared from 5,7-diBOC-2,10-dichloro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand 1,3-dibromopropane in 99% yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.13(s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd,J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.14(p, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.73 (s, 18H).

Example 921-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)piperidin-4-ol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 4-hydroxypiperidine. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δppm 11.32 (s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.55-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.53 (t, J=6.8 Hz,2H), 2.12-1.98 (m, 4H), 1.79-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.56 (m, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 480.1 (M−H)−; MS (ESI) m/z 482.1 (M+H)+

Example 931-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)azetidin-3-ol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is azetidin-3-ol hydrochloride. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.78 (s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 5.52 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H),4.42-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.26 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.75-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.0-2.88(m, 2H), 2.86-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.89 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 452.2 (M−H)⁻

Example 941-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)pyrrolidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pyrrolidine. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.48 (br s, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.4Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (dd, J=9.6, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.58 (m, 5H), 2.23(dd, J=9.4, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.39 (m, 1H); MS (ESI)m/z 465.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 467.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 95N-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)piperidin-4-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 1-benzylpiperidin-4-amine, and the followingprocedure was used for debenzylation. The corresponding Boc protectedproduct was dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (20 mL) and cooled at icebath. NaHCO₃ (1.5 g) and 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (1.0 mL) were addedand stirred at 0° C. for 10 min, warmed to RT for 20 min, and thenrefluxed for 2 h. After removed all volatiles, the residue waspartitioned between ethyl acetate and water, the organic phase wasseparated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporatedto dryness. The residue was dissolved in EtOH (20 mL), the solutionrefluxed for 2 h, and then volatiles removed to give crude debenzylatedintermediate, MS (ESI) m/z 681, 683 (M+H)⁺. This crude material wasfurther deprotected under TFA/CH₂Cl₂ to offer the title product. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.58 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (t,J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.49-3.25 (m, 5H), 2.93 (t, J=12.8 Hz, 2H), 2.42-2.26 (m,4H), 2.04-1.88 (m, 2H).

Example 96N-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)quinuclidin-3-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is quinuclidin-3-amine. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δppm 11.47 (s, 2H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 7.37 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (brt, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.40 (m, 8H), 2.38-1.82 (m, 7H); MS (ESI) m/z507, 509 (M+H)⁺.

Example 976-(3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propoxy)-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 1H-imidazole. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm11.26 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.48(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.88 (s,1H), 4.32 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (p, J=6.8 Hz,2H); MS (ESI) m/z 447, 449 (M−H)⁻, 483, 485 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 982,10-dichloro-6-(3-(5-methyl-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)propoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand2,10-dichloro-6-(3-(5-methyl-1H-tetrazol-1-yl)propoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 5-methyl-tetrazole. The reaction produces amixture of two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.28 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.99 (t,J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H);MS (ESI) m/z 339, 341 (fragment), 463, 465 (M−H)⁻, 499, 501 (M+Cl)⁻. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.28 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.68 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 2H);MS (ESI) m/z 339, 341 (fragment), 463, 465 (M−H)⁻, 499, 501 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 99N-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-4-fluorobenzenesulfonamide

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 4-fluorobenzenesulfonamide and the reaction washeated at 75° C. overnight. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.18 (s,2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (dd, J=8.8, 5.2 Hz, 2H),7.80 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.32 (m, 4H), 4.24 (t,J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H).

Example 1002-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-amineand1-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-1H-tetrazol-5-amine

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is tetrazol-5-amine. The reaction produces a mixtureof two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.27 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H),7.48 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.02 (s, 2H), 4.77(t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 339, 341 (fragment), 464, 466 (M−H)⁻, 500, 502 (M+Cl)⁻. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.27 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (s, 2H), 4.43(t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS(ESI) m/z 339, 341 (fragment), 464, 466 (M−H)⁻, 500, 502 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 101N-3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)thiazol-2-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is thiazol-2-amine and the reaction was heated to 80°C. overnight. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.25 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s,1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4,2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (br s, 1H), 6.79 (br s, 1H), 4.35 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H),3.58 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H, overlapped with H₂O), 2.21 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS(ESI) m/z 479, 481 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1026-(3-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propoxy)-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazoleand6-(3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)propoxy)-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 1,2,4-triazole. The reaction produces a mixture oftwo isomers, which can be separated by chromatography.6-(3-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)propoxy)-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.29 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.60 (s,1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36(dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.27 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H),2.41 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 339, 341 (fragment), 448, 450(M−H)⁻, 484, 486 (M+Cl)⁻.6-(3-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)propoxy)-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.26 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.60 (s,2H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4,2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (p,J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 339, 341 (fragment), 448, 450 (M−H)⁻, 484,486 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 1031-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diamineand4-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diamine

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diamine The reaction produces amixture of two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.36 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.01 (s, 2H),4.77 (s, 2H), 4.24 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (p,J=6.4 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 478, 480 (M−H)⁻, 514, 516 (M+Cl)⁻. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.27 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.50 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.04 (br s,4H), 4.28 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.22 (p, J=6.8 Hz,2H); MS (ESI) m/z 478, 480 (M−H)⁻, 514, 516 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 1047-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-7H-purin-6-oland9-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-9H-purin-6-ol

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 6-chloro-purine. The reaction produces a mixtureof two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.27 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.6,2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.50 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (p,J=7.0 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 515, 517 (M−H)⁻. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δppm 11.25 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H),8.00 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=7.6, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.70(t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.40 (m, 2H); MS (ESI)m/z 515, 517 (M−H)⁻.

Example 1058-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propylthio)-9H-purin-6-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 6-amino-purine-8-thiol. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆)δ ppm 11.26 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (br s,1H), 7.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (br s,2H), 4.39 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (p, J=6.6 Hz,2H).

Example 1064-(2-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propylamino)ethyl)benzene-1,2-diol

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 4-(2-aminoethyl)benzene-1,2-diol hydrochloride,which was neutralized with one equivalent NaH in DMF at RT prior toreaction. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.76 (br s, 2H), 8.65 (s,1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.4,2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (dd,J=8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.82(t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.03 (p, J=6.4 Hz, 2H); MS(ESI) m/z 534, 536 (M+H)⁺, 532, 534 (M−H)⁻.

Example 1079-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-9H-purin-6-amineand7-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-7H-purin-6-amine

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is purin-6-amine. The reaction produces a mixture oftwo isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.29 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.4Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (s,2H), 4.51 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.52-2.40 (m, 2H);MS (ESI) m/z 514, 516 (M−H)⁻, 550, 552 (M+Cl)⁻. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.46 (s, 2H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.0Hz, 2H), 7.95 (br s, 2H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.37(dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.56-2.44 (m, 2H).

Example 1081-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dioneand3-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is pyrimidine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione. The reaction producesa mixture of two isomers, which can be separated by chromatography. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.22 (s, 2H), 8.66 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.13(t, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.29(ddd, J=6.4, 6.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 5.83 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.08 (m,4H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 2H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.37 (br s,1H), 11.23 (s, 2H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 5.59 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (p,J=6.6 Hz, 2H).

Example 1094-amino-1-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-5-fluoropyrimidin-2(1H)-oneand6-amino-1-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-5-fluoropyrimidin-2(1H)-one

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 91except the reagent is 4-amino-5-fluoropyrimidin-2(1H)-one. The reactionproduces a mixture of two isomers, which can be separated bychromatography. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.20 (s, 2H), 8.65 (d,J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (td, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.32-4.06 (m, 4H),2.32-2.18 (m, 2H). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.23 (br s, 1H),11.23 (s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J=5.2 Hz,1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (dd, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H).

Example 1104-(3-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-(3-bromopropoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole and thereagent is morpholine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.28 (s, 2H),8.67 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.51-7.40 (m, 4H), 4.30 (t, J=6.6Hz, 2H), 3.56 (t, J=4.6 Hz, 4H), 2.52 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.44-2.32 (m,4H), 2.11-2.00 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 556.0 (M−H)⁻

5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-(3-bromopropoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole could beprepared by the Mitsunobu reaction of 3-bromopropanol and5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole, in a manneranalogous to Example 28. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.90 (s, 1H),8.13-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 2H),4.02 9t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.71(s, 18H)

Example 1114-(4-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)butyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-(4-bromobutoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole and thereagent is morpholine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.22 (s, 2H),8.64 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.41(d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.57-3.40 (m, 6H), 2.32-2.18(m, 4H), 1.92-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.50 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 570.0 (M−H)⁻

5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-(4-bromobutoxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole could beprepared by the Mitsunobu reaction of 4-bromobutanol and5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole, in a manneranalogous to Example 28. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.79 (s, 1H),8.13-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.47 (m, 3H), 3.88 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.98-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.58 9m, 20H)

Example 1124-(5-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)pentyl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 70except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-(5-bromopentyloxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole andthe reagent is morpholine. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d₆) δ ppm 8.68 (s,1H), 8.32 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 4H), 4.34 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),3.56 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.39-2.23 (m, 6H), 1.98-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.44(m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 584.1 (M−H)⁻

5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-(5-bromopentyloxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole couldbe prepared by the Mitsunobu reaction of 5-bromopentanol and5,7-diBOC-2,10-dibromo-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole, in a manneranalogous to Example 28. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.81 (s, 1H),8.14 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz,2H), 3.89 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.93-1.58 (m, 24H)

Example 1131-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)guanidine

A mixture of3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine(2.0 g), N,N′-Boc protected S-methylisothiourea (5.0 g), DIEA or TEA(6.0 mL) in THF/H₂O (70/0.6 mL) was stirred under argon at 50-90° C.overnight. After removal of all volatiles on rotary evaporator, theresidue was subjected to chromatography on C18 column, eluting with H₂O(0.1% TFA)/MeCN (0.1% TFA) (100/0-0/100), to give the correspondingBOC-protected product. Deprotection was done under TFA (10% in volume)in DCM at RT overnight. The crude product was purified by reverse phasechromatography to give the title compound (1.6 g, 72%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (dd,J=8.6, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (td, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (t, J=6.6 Hz,2H), 3.56 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 408(M+H)⁺.

Example 1141-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]propyl)-3-(3-dimethylamino)propyl)-2-ethylguanidine

The title compound (80 mg, 47%) was obtained by heating a mixture of3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine(100 mg) and 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.2 mL) in THF (5 mL) at 80°C. overnight. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.83 (dd,J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (td, J=9.0, 2.2Hz, 2H), 4.48 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.17-3.10 (m,4H), 3.08-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.68 (s, 6H), 2.27 (p, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.88-1.78(m, 2H), 1.10 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 521 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1151,2-dicyclohexyl-3-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)guanidine

The title compound (80 mg, 38%) was obtained by heating a mixture of3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine(110 mg) and 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (70 mg) in THF (5 mL) at 85°C. overnight. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.82 (dd,J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (td, J=9.0, 2.4Hz, 2H), 7.08 (br s, 1H), 6.61 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (t, J=6.6 Hz,2H), 3.55-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.68 (s, 6H), 2.24 (p, J=6.4Hz, 2H), 1.90-0.90 (m, 20H); MS (ESI) m/z 572 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1161-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-2,3-diisopropylguanidine

The title compound (80 mg, 47%) was obtained by heating a mixture of3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine(100 mg) and 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.2 mL) in THF (5 mL) at 80°C. overnight. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.82 (dd,J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.6, 4.2 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, J=6.0 Hz,1H), 7.09 (td, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.52 (m, 4H), 2.25 (p, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.11 (t, J=6.4Hz, 12H). MS (ESI) m/z 492 (M+H)⁺.

Example 117N-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazol-2-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 113except the reagents are 2-methylthio-2-imidazoline hydriodide andN,N-diisopropylethylamine in methanol. ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm11.08 (s, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.30 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.4,2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.23-2.15 (m, 2H), 4.29 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.63-3.53 (m, 4H), 3.15 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.03 (m,2H); MS (ESI) m/z 434.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 118(E)-1-(3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)-2-methylguanidine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 113except the reagent is 1,2-dimethyl-2-thiopseudourea hydriodide. ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43(dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=6.0Hz, 2H), 3.62 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.13-2.04 (m, 2H); MS(ESI) m/z 422.2 (M+H)⁺

Example 1191-(3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)guanidine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 113except the starting indole is3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine.¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.43 (s, 2H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.32 (br s,1H), 8.14 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (dd, J=8.4,2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (br s, 3H), 4.29 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.16-2.04 (m, 2H).¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43(d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H),3.50 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (p, J=6.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z 441 (M+H)⁺.

Example 120N-((1H-indol-3-yl)methyl)-3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine

To a solution of3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine(1 equiv) in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 mL/mmol), under an atmosphere ofargon, was added 1H-indole-3-carbaldehyde (1 equiv), NaBH(OAc)₃ (2equiv), and then HOAc (2-3 equiv). The resulting mixture was stirred atRT overnight, and then partitioned between dichloromethane and 2 MNa₂CO₃. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, andconcentrated. The residue was subjected to chromatography on silica gel,eluting with CH₂Cl₂/MeOH (10% cNH₃.H₂O) to the expected product in50-80% yield. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ 11.0 (br s, 2H), 9.25 (br s,1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44(dt, J=8.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.00(ddd, J=7.2, 6.8, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (t, J=5.6Hz, 2H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.07 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.00 (pentalet, J=5.8 Hz,2H).

Example 121N-((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)-3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 120except the reagent is 1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN)δ 10.7 (br s, 2H), 9.64 (br s, 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.30-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.72 (q, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (br s, 1H), 6.05(q, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, J=6.2Hz, 2H), 2.06 (pentalet, J=6.0 Hz, 2H).

Example 122N-((1H-imidazol-2-yl)methyl)-3-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 120except the reagent is 1H-imidazole-2-carbaldehyde. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CD₃CN) δ 10.9 (br s, 2H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=2.0, 0.4 Hz, 2H),7.35-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, 2H), 4.36 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (s, 2H),3.04 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.07 (pentalet, J=6.2 Hz, 2H).

Example 1233-((3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)amino)propanoicacid

To a suspension of 3,3-dimethylaminopropyl amine (180 mg) and K₂CO₃ (280mg) in DMF (10 mL), was added6-(3-bromopropoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (200mg) and KI (15 mg). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 4 h, and thenevaporated to remove DMF and excess of amine. To the residue was addedDMF (10 mL), K₂CO₃ (137 mg), KI (8 mg), and benzyl 3-bromopropanoate,which was prepared from 3-bromopropanoyl chloride and benzyl alcohol.The mixture was stirred at 50° C. overnight, and partitioned betweenethyl acetate and water; the organic phase was separated, washed withbrine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and evaporated to dryness. The crude materialwas purified by chromatography on silica gel to6-(3-((3-(benzyloxy)-3-oxopropyl)(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)amino)propoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole(96 mg), which was deprotected under TFA/DCM at RT overnight to givebenzyl3-((3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)propyl)(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)amino)propanoate(61 mg). This resulting material was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) follow byaddition of Pd (10% on C) (40 mg). After flushed 3 times with H₂, themixture was shaken under H₂ (40 psi) until hydrogenation was complete.After filtered through a pad of Celite, the solid was washed with ethylacetate, DCM, and MeOH. The washings were combined to the filtrate, andthe solvents were removed to give crude product (12 mg), which waspurified by C18 column, giving the title product (3 mg). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD) 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.6,4.2 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (td, J=9.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.66(t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.17(t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (s, 6H), 2.48-2.34 (m,2H), 2.32-2.16 (m, 2H).

Example 1242-(12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

To a solution of2-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine(213.9 mg, 0.5638 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at 0° C. was added Br₂ in CH₂Cl₂(50 mg/mL, 1.982 mL, 0.6201 mmol). The reaction was warmed to roomtemperature and stirred for two hours. DMF was removed via vacuum pump.The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed withsaturated aq. NaCO₃. The organic layers was concentrated and subjectedto flash chromatography to provide the title compound (188.4 mg, 73%).¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.89 (br s, 2H), 8.39 (dd, J=10.0, 2.4Hz, 2H), 7.55 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (td, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H),4.34 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (s, 6H); MS (ESI)m/z 456.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 458.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 1256-(2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy)-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-12-carbonitrile

A mixture of2-(12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine(97.8 mg, 0.1991 mmol), zinc cyanide (233.7 mg, 1.9910 mmol) andtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (23.0 mg, 0.01991 mmol) inanhydrous DMF was purged with high-purity Ar for five minutes, sealedwith Teflon cap and heated to 160° C. for 12 hours. The reaction mixturewas cooled down and filtered. The solvent was removed via vacuum pump.The residue was purified via flash chromatography to provide the titlecompound (37.3 mg, 46%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.90 (s, 2H),8.39 (dd, J=10.2, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (dd, 8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (td,J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t, J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=4.2 Hz, 2H), 2.35(s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 403.1 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 405.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 1262-(2,10-difluoro-12-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

mixture of2-(12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine(35.2 mg, 0.07681 mmol), pyrrolidine (19.1 μL, 0.2304 mmol), Pd(OAc)₂(5.2 mg, 0.02304 mmol), BINAP (14.3 mg, 0.02304 mmol) and sodiumtert-butoxide (22.1 mg, 0.2304 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was purged withhigh-purity Ar for five minutes and sealed with Teflon cap. The reactiontube was heated to 200° C. in a Smith Microwave Reactor for 10 minutes.The solvents were removed via vacuum pump. The residue was subjected toflash chromatography to provide the title compound (5.2 mg, 15%). ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.53 (s, 2H), 7.70 (dd, J=10.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H),7.47 (dd, J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t,J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.52-3.45 (m, 4H), 2.72 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.40-2.39 (m,10H); MS (ESI) m/z 447.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 449.0 (M+H)⁺

Example 1272-(12-bromo-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 124except the starting indole is2-(2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine.¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 12.09 (br s, 2H), 8.66 (d, J=2.0 Hz,2H), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (t,J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 490.0(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 491.9 (M+H)+

Example 1282-(2,10-dichloro-12-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 126except the starting indole is2-(12-bromo-2,10-dichloro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-dimethylethanamine.¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 10.14 (br s, 2H), 8.11 (s, 2H), 7.37-7.28(m, 4H), 4.34 (t, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 3.67-3.55 (m, 4H), 2.72 (t, J=4.4 Hz,2H), 2.53 (s, 6H), 2.45-2.33 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 479.1 (M−H)⁻; MS(ESI) m/z 481.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 12912-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 124except the starting indole is2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.61 (s, 2H), 8.39 (dd, J=10.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (dd,J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (dd, J=9.0, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H).

Example 13012-cyclopropyl-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was obtained (69% yield) by coupling of12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole withcyclopropyl boric acid (10 equiv) using Pd(OAc)₂ and PCy₃ as catalyst inthe presence of K₃PO₄ in PhMe/H₂O (4/1) at 100° C. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.25 (s, 2H), 8.16 (dd, J=10.6, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd,J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (td, J=9.0, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H),2.70-2.60 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.50 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.64 (m, 2H).

Example 1312,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-12-methyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was obtained (59% yield) by coupling of12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole withmethyl boric acid (10 equiv) using (dppf) PdCl₂.CH₂Cl₂ as catalyst inthe presence of Cs₂CO₃ and CsF in 1,4-dioxane at 100° C. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.26 (s, 2H), 7.99 (dd, J=10.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44(dd, J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (s, 3H),3.18 (s, 3H).

Example 132(E)-3-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-yl)acrylamide

The title compound was obtained (61% yield) by Heck reaction: coupling12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole withacrylamide (10 equiv) using Pd(OAc)₂ and P(o-Tol)₃ as catalyst in thepresence of TEA in acetonitrile under reflux condition. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.43 (s, 2H), 8.37 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (br s, 1H),7.76 (dd, J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (dd, J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (br s,1H), 7.20 (td, J=9.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (s,3H); MS (ESI) m/z 390 (M−H)⁻, 426 (M+Cl)⁻.

Example 1332,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-12-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared by the reaction tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5(7H)-carboxylatewith pyrrolidine in the presence of Pd(OAc)₂, BINAP, and NaO^(t)Bu at80° C. for 2 h, followed deprotection with TFA. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.29 (s, 2H), 7.70 (dd, J=10.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd,J=8.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H),3.43-3.55 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 4H).

Example 1342,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-N-methyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 133.This compound was obtained by heating di-tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-dicarboxylateand MeNH₂ in a bomb, in the presence of Pd(OAc)₂, BINAP, and NaO^(t)Buat 80° C. overnight. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.17 (s, 2H), 8.06(dd, J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (td, J=9.2,2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (q, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.01 (d, J=5.6 Hz,3H).

Example 135N1-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-yl)-N2,N2-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 133.This compound was obtained from di-tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-dicarboxylateand 2,2-dimethylaminoethyl amine ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ ppm 9.43 (s,2H), 8.08 (dd, J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.12(td, J=9.0, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.41 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (t,J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.35 (s, 6H). MS (ESI) m/z 409 (M+H)⁺.

Example 136N1-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-yl)propane-1,3-diamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 133.This compound was obtained from tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5(7H)-carboxylateand 1,3-propanediamine under microwave for 10 min. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.16 (s, 2H), 8.06 (dd, J=10.4, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd,J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (td, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.94 (t, J=7.0 Hz,1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.06 (td, J=5.8, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H),1.80-1.70 (m, 2H).

Example 137N1-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-yl)-N3,N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 136.This compound was obtained from tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5(7H)-carboxylateand 3,3-dimethylaminopropyl amine under microwave for 10 min. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.17 (s, 2H), 8.05 (dd, J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H),7.40 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (td, J=9.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 2.40 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s, 6H), 1.90(m, 2H).

Example 138N1-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-yl)ethane-1,2-diamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 136.This compound was obtained from tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5(7H)-carboxylateand 1,2-ethylenediamine under microwave for 30 min. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.19 (s, 2H), 8.07 (dd, J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd,J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (td, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.97 (t, J=6.4 Hz,1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.27 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H).

Example 1392,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-12-(piperazin-1-yl)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 126.This compound was obtained from di-tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-dicarboxylateand piperazine, followed by deprotection with TFA. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.38 (dd, J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz,2H), 7.11 (td, J=9.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.56 (m, 4H),3.45-3.36 (m, 4H).

Example 140N-butyl-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 126.This compound was obtained from di-tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-dicarboxylateand butylamine. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.17 (s, 2H), 8.01 (dd,J=10.2, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (td, J=9.0, 2.4Hz, 2H), 4.79 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 2H),1.37-1.24 (m, 2H), 0.80 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z 392 (M−H)⁻.

Example 1412,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-12-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 126.This compound was obtained from di-tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-dicarboxylateand 4-methylpiperazine. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.32 (s, 2H),8.26 (dd, J=10.6, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (td,J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.37 (br m, 4H), 2.78-2.70 (br m,4H), 2.42 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 421 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1424-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-12-yl)morpholine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 126.This compound was obtained from di-tert-butyl12-bromo-2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-dicarboxylateand morpholine. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃CN) δ ppm 9.50 (s, 2H), 8.32 (dd,J=10.4, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dd, J=8.6, 4.6 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (td, J=9.0, 2.6Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 4.12-4.06 (br m, 4H), 3.48-3.43 (br m, 4H); MS(ESI) m/z 406 (M−H)⁻.

Example 1433-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine

To a solution of 5,7-diBOC-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (5.6043 g,11.8603 mmol) in anhydrous THF (250 mL) was added 60% NaH (0.4744 g,11.8603 mmol) under the protection of Ar. The solution was stirred atroom temperature for 0.5 hour. Then the temperature was increased to 40°C. After half an hour, phenyltrifluoromethane-sulfonimide (5.0845 g,14.2323 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 40° C. for 3 hoursunder the protection of Ar. TLC showed that the reaction was complete.The reaction solution was concentrated and separated by flashchromatography to provide the5,7-diBOC-6-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (6.293 g,88%). MS (ESI) m/z 626.8 (M+Na)⁺

A mixture of5,7-diBOC-6-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (652.5mg, 1.0792 mmol), 1-dimethylamino-2-propyne (0.5383 g, 6.4755 mmol),Copper (I) iodide (82 mg, 0.4317 mmol), triethylamine (0.9025 mL, 6.4752mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) and anhydrous DMF (10mL) was purged with high purity Ar for five minutes, sealed with aTeflon cap, and heated to 50° C. with fast stirring for 12 hours. Thereaction was concentrated and dried under vacuum pump. The residue wasdissolved in ethyl acetate and subjected to flash chromatography toprovide 5,7-diBOC-6-(3-(dimethylamino)prop-1-ynyl)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole(0.3193 g, 55%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.01(m, 4H), 7.50-7.37 (m, 4H), 4.15 (br s, 2H), 2.91 (s, 6H), 1.71 (s,18H); MS (ESI) m/z 538.0 (M+H)⁺, 560.0 (M+Na)⁺

5,7-diBOC-6-(3-(dimethylamino)prop-1-ynyl)indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (165.6mg, 0.3080 mmol) was deprotected by heating at 180° C. for 30 minutesunder Ar. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography toprovide3-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine(34.7 mg, 33%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.51 (s, 2H), 8.84 (s,1H), 8.15 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.31 (m, 2H),7.21-7.12 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 334.3(M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 336.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 1443-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine

A mixture of3-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine(30 mg, 0.08891 mmol), 10% Pd/C (10 mg, 0.0094 mmol) and methanol (20mL) in a 250-mL hydrogenation bottle was filled with H₂ and thendegassed via house vacuum. This process was repeated three times. Thereaction mixture was shaken at room temperature under H₂ (30 psi) for 12hours. The reaction solution was filtered through celite, andconcentrated. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography toprovide3-(5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine.(10.2 mg, 34%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.06 (s, 2H), 8.64 (s,1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.27 (m, 2H),7.17-7.08 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),1.96-1.85 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 340.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 342.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 1453-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 143except the starting indole is5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-hydroxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole in step 1.¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.22 (s, 2H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd,J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (td, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.38 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 372.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI)m/z 373.7 (M+H)+

Example 1463-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 144except the starting indole is3-(2,10-difluoro-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yl)-N,N-dimethylprop-2-yn-1-amine¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.13 (br s, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 7.88(dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (td, J=9.2,2.4 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s,6H), 1.94-1.83 (m, 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 376.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 378.1(M+H)⁺

Example 147 2,10-Difluoro-6-methyl-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

In a 500 mL 3-necked flask equipped with cooling bath, overhead stirrerand argon inlet was placed a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine(17.5 mL, 104 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (78 mL) which was cooled to −30°C. To this was added 2.5M n-butyllithium (42 mL, 104 mmol) dropwise over20 minutes and the reaction mixture warmed to 0° C. and stirred for 30minutes. The reaction was cooled to −78° C. and a solution of1,1′-diboc-3,3′-di(5-fluoroindoyl)methane (20 g, 41.5 mmol) intetrahydrofuran (140 mL) added dropwise over 20 minutes, making sure notto allow the temperature to rise over −65° C. The mixture was allowed tostir for 30 minutes before the addition of acetic anhydride (75 mL, 793mmol) dropwise over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warmfrom −70° C. to room temperature and poured into saturated bicarbonatesolution (1.5 L). The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (1000 mLthen 500 mL). The organic layer was evaporated to give a gummy solidwhich was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 5% ethyl acetate inhexane to give 5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-methylindolo[2,3-b]carbazole(7.77 g, 37% yield).

A solution of 5,7-diBOC-2,10-difluoro-6-methylindolo[2,3-b]carbazole(4.45 g, 8.8 mmol) was stirred with a solution of 20% trifluoroaceticacid in dichloromethane (100 mL) at room temperature for two hours. Thesolvents were evaporated and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (200mL). This was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (100 mL)and dried over magnesium sulfate. After evaporation of the solvent, theresidue was chromatographed on silica gel, eluting with a gradient ofdichloromethane and hexane (50% dichloromethane to 100% dichloromethane)to give 2,10-difluoro-6-methyl-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (2.4g, 90% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz) (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.05 (2H, s, —NH), 8.67(1H, s, arom), 7.89 (2H, dd, J=9.5, 2.6 Hz, arom), 7.43 (2H, dd, J=8.9,4.4 Hz, arom), 7.17 ppm (2H, dt, J=9.5, 2.6 Hz, arom) and 2.70 ppm (3H,s, —CH₃).

Example 1482,10-Difluoro-6-trifluoromethyl-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 147except the reagent in step 3 was trifluoroacetic anhydride. ¹H NMR (300MHz) (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.39 (2H, s, —NH), 9.18 (1H, s, arom), 7.98 (2H, dd,J=9.5, 2.6 Hz, arom), 7.58 (2H, dd, J=8.7, 4.5 Hz, arom) and 7.27 (2H,dt, J=9.5, 2.6 Hz, arom).

Example 149 6-ethyl-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 147except the starting material was indole and the reagent in step 3 waspropionyl chloride. (300 mg, 17% yield). ¹H NMR (300 MHz) (DMSO-d₆) δ11.01 (2H, s, —NH), 8.63 (1H, s, arom), 8.11 (2H, d, J=6.0 Hz, arom),7.44 (2H, d, J=6.0 Hz, arom), 7.31 (2H, t, J=5.3 Hz, arom), 7.12 (2H, t,J=5.7 Hz, arom), 3.22 (2H, q, J=5.5 Hz) and 1.34 ppm (3H, t, J=5.5 Hz).

Example 150 6-trifluoromethyl-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 147except the starting material was indole and the reagent in step 3 wastrifluoroacetic anhydride. The BOC group was removed by heating at 195°C. for 20 minutes in step 4. ¹H NMR (300 MHz) (DMSO-d₆) δ 11.30 (2H, s,—NH), 9.14 (1H, s, arom), 8.21 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz, arom), 7.59 (2H, d,J=8.1 Hz, arom), 7.39 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz, arom) and 7.22 ppm (2H, t, J=8.0Hz, arom).

Example 1512-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-5(7H)-yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamineand2,2′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)bis(N,N-dimethylethanamine)

To a mixture of2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (1 equiv) indry DMF (10 mL/mmol), under an atmosphere of argon and at 0-5° C., wasadded NaH (10 equiv, 60% in mineral oil). The mixture was stirred at0-5° C. for 30 min, and 2-dimethylaminoethyl chloride (5 equiv) wasadded, which was obtained by treating its hydrochloric acid salt withNaH in DMF. The resultant mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 1 h, and atRT for another 2 h. The reaction was quenched with cold water, extracteddichloromethane (or ethyl acetate). The extract was washed three timeswith brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated. The residuewas subjected to chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CH₂Cl₂/MeOH(10% cNH₃.H₂O). Two products were obtained; one is mono-alkylated andthe other is di-alkylated.2-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-5(7H)-yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamine(63%): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.30 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 7.93(dd, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J=8.8,4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H),7.20 (td, J=9.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 2.63(t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 394 (M+H)⁺.2,2′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)bis(N,N-dimethylethanamine)(22%): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) ppm 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4Hz, 2H), 7.62 (dd, J=9.0, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (td, J=9.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H),4.67 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 4H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.55 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 2.15 (s,12H); MS (ESI) m/z 465 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1522-(2,10-difluoro-6-methylindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-5(7H)-yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamineand2,2′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methylindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)bis(N,N-dimethylethanamine)

The title compounds were prepared in a manner analogous to Example 151except the starting indole is2,10-difluoro-6-methyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole and the base isK₂CO₃ in acetone.2-(2,10-difluoro-6-methylindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-5(7H)-yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamine:¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.11 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd,J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=8.8, 4.4Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.6, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (td, J=9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1H),7.17 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.62(t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (s, 6H).2,2′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methylindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)bis(N,N-dimethylethanamine):¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.74 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz,2H), 7.58 (dd, J=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.61(t, J=7.4 Hz, 4H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.62 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 4H), 2.21 (s, 12H).

Example 1533,3′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methlindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)bis(N,N-dimethylpropan-1-amine(2%)

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 152except the reagent is 3-dimethylaminopropyl chloride. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.74 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (dd,J=9.0, 4.2 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (td, J=9.2, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.57 (t, J=7.6 Hz,4H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.15 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 2.08 (s, 12H), 1.80-1.90 (m,4H); MS (ESI) m/z 477 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1542,2′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)diethanamine

2,10-difluoro-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (1 equiv) inDMF (10 mL/mmol) was cooled in an ice-water bath under argon, and NaH (6equiv, 60% in mineral oil) was added. The resultant mixture was stirredat 0-5° C. for 30 min and chloroacetonitrile was added. The cooling bathwas removed and the reaction was warmed to RT and stirred for 2 h. Thereaction was quenched with cold water, extracted ethyl acetate. Theextract was washed three times with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered,and evaporated to give a solid, which was subjected to chromatography onsilica gel. The di-nitrile substituted compound was dissolved in THF andcooled in an ice-water bath. Excess BH₃.SMe₂ was added to the solutionand the resultant mixture was refluxed until reduction was complete (˜3h), and then quenched with MeOH at 0-5° C. The solvent was evaporatedand the residue was subjected to chromatography on silica gel to give2,2′-(2,10-difluoro-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)diethanamine(45% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.92 (dd,J=12.2, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J=11.6, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (td, J=12.4,3.6 Hz, 2H), 4.55 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 4H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.89 (t, J=8.8 Hz,4H); MS (ESI) m/z 409 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1552,2′-(2,10-dibromo-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)diethanamine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 154except the starting indole is2,10-dibromo-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole. ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J=2.0, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.54 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 3.96 (s,3H), 2.89 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 4H).

Example 1564,4′-(2,10-dibromo-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)dibutan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 155except the reagent is 4-bromobutanenitrile. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δppm 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.54(dd, J=2.0, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.59 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.46 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.26 (m, 4H); MS (ESI) m/z 587 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1574,4′-(6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)dibutan-1-amine

The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to Example 156.4,4′-(6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)dibutan-1-amine wasobtained from4,4′-(2,10-dibromo-6-methoxyindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-5,7-diyl)dibutanenitrile,which was debrominated by hydrogenation/Pd (10% on C) in THF/MeOH, andreduced with BH₃.SMe₂. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 8.69 (s, 1H),8.17 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t,J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.70-4.50 (m, 4H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.69 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H),2.46-2.36 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.36 (m, 8H); MS (ESI) m/z 429 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1582-(2,10-divinyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine

A mixture of2-(2,10-dibromo-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazol-6-yloxy)-N,N-diethylethanamine(212.1 mg, 0.4007 mmol), tributylvinyltin (0.30 mL, 1.0274 mmol) andtetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (69.5 mg, 0.06011 mmol) inanhydrous DMF (40 mL) was purged with high-purity Ar for five minutesand then heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight. The reaction mixturewas concentrated. The residue was separated by flash chromatography toprovide the title product (34.6 mg, 20%). ¹H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δppm 11.56 (s, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 2H), 7.51-7.39 (m, 4H), 6.89(dd, J=17.6, 10.8 Hz, 2H), 5.80 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 2H), 5.16 (d, J=11.6 Hz,2H), 4.32 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (q, J=7.2 Hz,4H), 1.06 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H); MS (ESI) m/z 422.2 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z424.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 159 6-Methoxy-2,10-dimethyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole

To a solution of diethyl6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate (1.72 g,4 mmol) in THF (40 mL), with stirring at 0-5° C. and under Ar, wasslowly added a solution of LAH in THF (16 mL, 1.0 M). After addition ofLAH solution, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and thenrefluxed 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath andquenched by carefully adding ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (20 mL).The resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 ml); theextracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered,and evaporated to dryness. The residue was subjected to chromatographyon silica gel to give6-methoxy-2,10-dimethyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole (180 mg, 14%),¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 10.97 (s, 2H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s,2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J=1.2, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H),2.49 (s, 6H).

Example 160 Bis(2-(diethylamino)ethyl)6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate

A mixture of diethyl6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate (10 g,23.23 mmol) and KOH (3.7 g) in EtOH/H₂O/THF (120/40/10 mL) was heated to90-100° C. under Ar and stirred for 4-6 h until all starting materialdisappeared. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 1N aq. HCl. Thewhite ppt was collected by filtration and washed with small amount ofwater, dried under vacuum to give6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylic acid (8.3g, 95%).

A mixture of6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylic acid (1 g,2.67 mmol) and 2-(diethylamino)ethyl N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbamimidate (2.6g, 8.0 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 48 h.[2-(diethylamino)ethyl N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbamimidate was prepared fromDCC (1 equivelent), N,N′-diethylethanolamine (1 equivelent) and CuCl(cat.) at 135° C. under microwave for 2 h]. The reaction mixture wasdiluted with 50% EtOAc/Hexane and washed with water. The combinedorganic layer was dried (MgSO₄), concentrated, purified bychromatography to provide Bis(2-(diethylamino)ethyl)6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate (85-90%).¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm 8.83 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 2H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.05(dd, J=1.4, 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.43 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 4H),4.32 (m, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 1.47 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 6H).

Example 161N²,N¹⁰-bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxamide

A mixture of6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylic acid(467.7 mg, 1.27 mmol), benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tripyrrolidinophosphoniumhexafluorophosphate (1.458 g, 2.80 mmol), N,N-dimethylethylenediamine(0.31 mL, 2.80 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.33 mL, 7.64 mmol)in anhydrous DMF (25 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. Thesolvent and DIEA were removed under vacuum. The residue was subjected toflash chromatography to provide the title product (0.498 g, 76%). ¹H-NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 11.54 (s, 2H), 8.71 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 2H), 8.62 (s,1H), 8.32 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 3.42 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 4H),2.21 (s, 12H); MS (ESI) m/z 513.3 (M−H)⁻; MS (ESI) m/z 515.1 (M+H)⁺

Example 162N¹,N^(1′)-(6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-diyl)bis(methylene)bis(N²,N²-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine)

To a solution ofN²,N¹⁰-bis(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-6-methoxy-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxamide(0.49 g, 0.97 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at 0° C. was added LiAlH₄ (0.784 g,20.66 mmol) under Ar and heated to reflux. The reaction mixture wasquenched by dropwise addition of water (2 mL). The solution wasfiltered, concentrated, and purified by flash chromatography to providethe title product (35.8 mg). ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆, 400 MHz) δ ppm 10.94 (s,2H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.22 (m, 4H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 2H),3.84 (s, 3H), 3.16 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 4H), 2.62 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 4H), 2.34 (t,J=6.4 Hz, 4H), 2.10 (s, 12H); MS (ESI) m/z 485.4 (M−H)⁻

Example 163 Diethyl6-(2-aminoethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate

A mixture of6-(2-(bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)ethoxy)-2,10-dibromo-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole(1.1 g, 1.26 mmol), triethylamine (5 mL) and PdCl₂(PPh₃)₂ (0.1 g) inEtOH/DMF (50/40 mL) was heated to 60-70° C. under CO overnight. Thesolvent was evaporated and subjected to chromatography to give diethyl6-(2-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)ethoxy)-5,7-BOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate(70%), which was deprotected under TFA/CH₂Cl₂ to give diethyl6-(2-aminoethoxy)-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole-2,10-dicarboxylate(92%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ ppm 8.84 (s, 2H), 8.49 (s, 2H), 8.47(s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.49 (t, J=6.3Hz, 4H), 4.18 (s, 3H), 2.97 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 4H), 2.72 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 8H),1.36 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 12H).

Example 164 6-Ethoxycarbonyloxy-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

Part (a). Indole-3-carbinol (1.0 g, 6.79 mmol) in 10% aqueous NaOHsolution (100 mL) was refluxed for 1 h. The solution was cooled,neutralized with carbon dioxide and the white precipitate was collectedby filtration, which was then crystallized from toluene to yield3,3′-Diindolylmethane as a white solid (0.65 g, 77%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 4.26 (s, 2, CH₂), 6.94 (m, 2, PyH), 7.11 (m, 2, ArH), 7.21 (m,2, ArH), 7.36 (m, 2, ArH), 7.64 (m, 2, ArH), 7.86 (br. s, 2, NH).

Part (b). To a solution of 3,3′-Diindolylmethane (2.0 g, 8.12 mmol) and(t-BuOOC)₂O (3.9 g, 17.87 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added a catalyticamount of DMAP and stirred for overnight under argon. The solvent wasevaporated to give a crude product. Flash chromatography (3%EtOAc/hexane) yielded 1,1′-DiBOC-3,3′-diindolylmethane as a white solid(3.44 g, 95%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.65 (s, 18, OC(CH ₃)₃), 4.09(s, 2, CH ₂), 7.21 (m, 2, ArH), 7.31 (m, 2, ArH), 7.38 (s, 2, PyH), 7.53(m, 2, ArH), 8.12 (br. d, J=8.6 Hz, 2, ArH)

Part (c). To a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (1.7 mL, 10mmol) in THF (25 mL) at −78° C. under argon was added 1.6 M n-BuLi (9.4mmol) in hexane (6.6 mL), and warmed to 0° C. for 15 min. After thereaction mixture was recooled to −78° C.,1,1′-DiBOC-3,3′-diindolylmethane (0.7 g, 1.57 mmol) in THF (5 mL) wasadded slowly, and stirring was continued for 30 min before ClCO₂Et (2mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at −78° C. andpoured into saturated NaHCO₃ and extracted with 50% EtOAc/hexane. Thecombined organic extracts were dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentratedto afford a crude mixture, which was then deprotected using the generalprocedure. Flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane) yielded6-Ethoxycarbonyloxy-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (0.39 g, 72%) asa white solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.51 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3, CO₂CH₂CH₃), 4.49 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2, CO₂CH ₂CH₃), 7.28 (m, 2, ArH), 7.41 (m, 2,ArH), 7.46 (br. d, J=7.8 Hz, 2, ArH), 8.16 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2, ArH), 8.21(br. s, 2, NH), 8.60 (s, 1, ArH).

Example 165 6-Methyl-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole

Part (a). To a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (3.5 g, 24.8mmol) in THF (40 mL) at −78° C. under argon was added 1.6 M n-BuLi (22.4mmol) in hexane (14 mL), and warmed to 0° C. for 15 min. After thereaction mixture was recooled to −78° C.,1,1′-DiBOC-3,3′-diindolylmethane (1 g, 2.24 mmol) in THF (5 mL) wasadded slowly, and stirring was continued for 30 min before aceticanhydride (8 mL) was added. The mixture was slowly warmed to 0° C. for30 min. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NaHCO₃ andextracted with 50% EtOAc/hexane. The combined organic extracts weredried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated to afford a crude product.Flash chromatography (5% EtOAc/hexane) yielded6-Methyl-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole as a white solid (0.98 g,93%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 1.75 (s, 18, OC(CH ₃)₃), 2.54 (s, 3, CH₃), 7.37 (m, 2, ArH), 7.45 (m, 2, ArH), 8.05 (dd, J=1.7, 8.0 Hz, 2,ArH), 8.11 (dd, J=1.7, 8.0 Hz, 2, ArH), 8.35 (s, 1, ArH).

Part (b). 6-Methyl-5,7-diBOC-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole (0.98 g, 2.08 mmol)was deprotected using the general procedure. Recrystallization (ethylacetate/hexane) afforded 6-Methyl-5,7-dihydro-indolo[2,3-b]carbazole asa white solid (0.51 g, 91%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.69 (s, 3, CH₃),7.26 (m, 2, ArH), 7.38 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2, ArH), 7.44 (m, 2, ArH), 7.90(br. s, 2, ArH), 8.16 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2, ArH), 8.59 (s, 1, ArH).

Example 166 2,2′-Diindolylmethane

Part (a). To a solution of ethyl 1H-indole-2-carboxylate (7.5 g, 39.64mmol) in ether (100 mL) was added LiAlH₄ (2.3 g, 60.6 mmol) slowly at 0°C. under argon and warmed to room temperature for 1 h. The suspensionwas quenched slowly with water and white precipitate was removed byfiltration. The filtrate was dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to affordIndole-2-carbinol as a solid (5.75 g, 98%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ4.82 (s, 2, CH ₂OH), 6.41 (s, 1, PyH), 7.11 (m, 1, ArH), 7.20 (m, 1,ArH), 7.35 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1, ArH), 7.59 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1, ArH), 8.35 (br.s, 1, NH).

Part (b). To a solution of succinimide-dimethylsulfonium chloride inCH₂Cl₂, prepared by the addition of (CH₃)₂S (1.8 mL, 23.5 mmol) to asolution of NCS (3.14 g, 23.5 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (60 mL) at 0° C., wasadded indole (2.5 g, 21.33 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL) at −20° C. underargon. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature for 1h. After removal of the solvent, 3-dimethylsulfoniumindole andsuccinimide were obtained quantitatively. The salt was dissolved inxylene and the mixture was heated to reflux for 30 min. Flashchromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) yielded 3-Methylthioindole as an oil(3.2 g, 93%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 2.39 (s, 3, SCH ₃), 7.22 (m, 1,PyH), 7.26 (m, 1, ArH), 7.31 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1, ArH), 7.39 (m, 1, ArH),7.79 (m, 1, ArH), 8.09 (br. s, 1, NH).

Part (c). To a mixture of indole-2-carbinol (0.45 g, 3.06 mmol) and3-methylthioindole (0.5 g, 3.06 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added(CF₃SO₃)₃Sc (0.2 g, 0.49 mmol) and stirred for 3 h under argon. Thesolvent was evaporated to give2-((1H-indol-2-yl)methyl)-3-(methylthio)-1H-indole, which was thendissolved in EtOH (10 mL). Raney Ni was added to the solution andstirred at room temperature until no starting material was observed fromTLC. The Raney Ni was removed by filtration and washed with ethylacetate. The filtrate was dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give asolid. Flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) yielded2,2′-Diindolylmethane as a white solid (0.49 g, 65%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 4.31 (s, 2, CH₂), 6.46 (s, 2, PyH), 7.11 (m, 2, ArH), 7.15 (m,2, ArH), 7.25 (m, 2, ArH), 7.59 (m, 2, ArH), 7.83 (br. s, 2, NH).

Example 167 2,3′-Diindolylmethane

To a mixture of indole-2-carbinol (0.5 g, 3.4 mmol) and indole (0.4 g,3.4 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (15 mL) was added (CF₃SO₃)₃Sc (0.17 g, 0.34 mmol)and stirred for 4 h under argon. The solvent was evaporated to give acrude product. Flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane) yielded2,3′-Diindolylmethane as a white solid (0.52 g, 63%): ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 4.30 (s, 2, CH ₂), 6.41 (s, 2, PyH), 7.03-7.14 (m, 4, ArH,PyH), 7.17-7.26 (m, 2, ArH), 7.39 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1, ArH), 7.55 (m, 1,ArH), 7.57 (m, 1, ArH), 7.85 (br. s, 1, NH), 7.99 (br. s, 1, NH).

Example 168 3,3′-(1H-indole-2,3-diyl)bis(methylene)bis(1H-indole)

To a mixture of 3-hydroxymethyl-indole (1.37 mmol) and indole (0.68mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (6 mL) was added (CF₃SO₃)₃Sc (0.05 g) and stirred forovernight under argon. The solvent was evaporated to give a crudeproduct. Flash chromatography (30% EtOAc/hexane) yielded3,3′-(1H-indole-2,3-diyl)bis(methylene)bis(1H-indole) as a white solid(70%).

Example 169 MIC Data for Various Compounds

Compounds according to the invention were tested against various strainsof bacteria Minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs) were determinedusing the following procedure. Using a 96-well microtiter plate, 2-folddilutions of test compounds and controls were made in DMSO. The finalDMSO concentration did not exhibit any cytotoxicity. A volume of 2.5 μlof each dilution of the test compounds and controls were transferred toanother 96-well microtiter plate. All wells, except the sterilitycontrol wells, were inoculated with 97.5 μl of diluted bacterialsuspension to give a final volume of 100 μl. (The estimated bacterialdensity per well was about 5×10⁵ colony forming units (CFUs) or theequivalent of about 5×10⁶ CFUs/ml.) The volume in the sterility controlwells was adjusted to 100 μl with the appropriate growth medium. Themicrotiter plates were covered with a lid and placed, four plates inall, in a large Stratagene Big Blue Plate (Cat. # 400041) lined withdamped paper towels to prevent evaporation of the medium. Depending uponthe organisms in the test panel, the plates were incubated for at least24 h, and 48 h for the slower growing organisms (e.g., F. tularensis, B.abortis). Each well was inspected for growth. Results were scored asfollows: 0=no growth; 1=faint growth; 2=some growth, but not as good asthat for the negative control; and 3=the same growth as the negativecontrol. Positive well with known antibiotics were run concurrently. TheMIC (minimal inhibitory concentration) of that compound is the lowestconcentration at which no growth is detected.

The bacterial strains tested were: Francisella tularensis (FT;Gram-negative); Bacillus anthracis (BA; Gram-positive); Yersinia pestis(YP; Gram-negative); Brucella abortus (BAB; Gram-negative); Burkholderiamallei (BM; Gram-negative); and Burkholderia pseudomallei (BP;Gram-negative). MIC data is provided in the following table.

Table 1 MIC (μg/ml) of indole analogs against bacterial threatsStructure FT BA YP BAB BM BP

0.5 1 >16 1 >16 >16

0.25 0.5 8 0.5 4 8

0.5 1 8 0.5 4 16

0.5 0.5 >16 1 >16 >16

0.5 1 >16 1 ND¹ ND

0.5 1 8 1 >16 >16

0.5 1 16 0.5 ND ND

0.5 1 >16 2 >16 >16

0.5 1 >16 2 >16 >16

0.5 0.5 2 0.5 8 8

0.25 0.5-1 2 0.5 8 16

0.25 0.25 >8 0.25 >8 >8

 0.25-0.5 0.5 2 0.5 4 8

0.125-0.5 0.5 2 0.5 ND ND

0.5 1 4 1 ND ND

0.5 2 2 0.5 4 8

0.25 0.5 2 0.25 8 >8

1 1 8 1 16 >16

1 2 4 1 16 >16

0.5 2 16 1 ND ND

0.5 0.5 8 0.251 8 8

1 1 2 1 4 8

0.5 0.5 2 0.25 >8 >8

0.25 0.25 1 0.25 1 2

1 0.5 >8 2 8 8

1 0.5 >8 1 >8 >8

1 0.5 >8 0.5 >8 >8

0.25 0.5 ND ND ND ND

0.5 0.25 ND ND ND ND

1 0.5-1 8 1 >8 >8

0.25-1 0.5-1 1 0.25 2 4

1 0.5 >8 1 >8 >8

0.5 1 >8 0.5 ND ND

1 1 4 1 >8 >8

0.5 0.5 4 1 ND ND

0.25 0.25 2 0.25 8 >8

0.5 0.5 4 1 8 >8

1 0.5 >8 1 >8 >8

1 0.5 8 0.25 2 4

0.5 1 >8 0.5 >8 >8

2 1 8 2 8 >8

1 2 >8 1 >8 >8

≦0.25 ≦0.25 8 ≦0.25 4 8

0.5 0.5 2 ≦0.25 8 >8

≦0.25 ≦0.25 4 0.5 4 8

1 0.5 4 1 ND ND

0.5 1 1 0.5 4 8

1 0.5 1 0.5 4 4

1 ≦0.25 1 1 4 4

0.5 ≦0.25 1 ≦0.25 4 >8

0.5 ≦0.25 1 ≦0.25 2 4

1 1 2 0.5 >8 >8

0.5 0.5 2 0.5 >8 >8

1 1 2 0.5 >8 >8

0.5 0.5 2 0.5 8 8

1 0.5 4 0.5 8 >8

1 0.5 4 0.5 >8 >8

1 0.5 4 0.5 ND ND

2 4 4 1 8 16

≦0.25 <0.25 1 <0.25 2 4

0.25 0.25 1 <0.25 2 4

≦0.25 ≦0.25 1 ≦0.25 2 >8

≦0.25 ≦0.25 1 ≦0.25 2 >8 ¹ND = Not determined

Example 165 MIC Data for Various Compounds

Various compounds were tested against six bacterial strains: Francisellatularensis (FT; Gram-negative); Bacillus anthracis (BA; Gram-positive);methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA);methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA);penicillin-susceptible S. pneumoniae (PSSP); and penicillin-resistant S.pneumoniae (PRSP). MIC data is provided in table 2.

TABLE 2 MIC (μg/ml) of indole analogs against bacterial threats BA FTMSSA MRSA PSSP PRSP

>64 8 >64 >64 >64 8

8 16 8 8 4 2

16 4 32 32 8 1

16 4 16 32 1 2

8 4 >64 >64 2 8

4 ≦0.5 4 4 4 2

1 ≦0.5 2 4 1 1

4 2 8 8 4 2 Penicillin 0.2 >64 ND¹ >64 <0.05 >64 Oxacillin 0.8 >64ND >64 0.1 ND ¹Not determined

Example 170 MIC Data for Various Compounds

Various compounds were tested against four bacterial strains:Acinetobacter baumannii (AB); Shigella dysenteriae (SD); Listeriamonocytogenes (LM); Vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus faecalis (VRE);and Vancomycin-Sensitive Enterococcus faecalis (VSE). MIC data isprovided in the following table.

TABLE 3 MIC (μg/ml) of indole analogs against bacterial threats AB LM SDVRE VSE

4 2 8 2 1

4 1 4 2 4

4 1 8 2 4

8 4 8 2 8

4 2 4 1 2

4 2 8 1 4

Example 171 MIC Data for Various Compounds

Various compounds were tested against Tubercule bacillus (i.e., foranti-mycobacterial activity).

The resazurin MIC assay, developed by Collins and Franzblau(Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 41:1004-1009 (1997)), was usedto test compounds for antimycobacterial activity. A color change fromblue to pink is observed when growth occurs. Compounds are initiallytested at a single point concentration of 10 μg/ml against Mycobacteriumtuberculosis H37Rv (H37Rv). If compounds are active at the 10 μg/mllevel, they are further tested in an MIC assay at 8 concentrations in adose range between 10 to 0.078 μg/ml.

Both visual evaluations and fluorimetric read-outs were performed. Theresults are expressed as μg/ml (visual evaluation) and as IC50 and IC90(fluorimetric readout, data not shown). MIC data is provided in Table 4.

TABLE 4 MIC of indole analogs against Tubercle bacillus MIC (μg/ml)

>10

5

10

10

10

>10

10

10

10

5

10

1. A method for preventing or treating a bacterial infection in amammalian individual, comprising administering to the individual atherapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure offormula (I)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, and R¹⁰ are substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl,C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato,carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substitutedarylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato,isocyanato, dihydroxyboryl, di-(C₁-C₂₄)-alkoxyboryl, isothiocyanato,azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₆-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents selected from R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ may belinked to form a cyclic structure selected from five-membered rings,six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/or six-membered rings,wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, orheteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogen substituents and zero to3 heteroatoms; and R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)amino-substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and nitrogen protecting groups.
 2. The method of claim 1,wherein R¹, R⁴, R⁵, and R⁸ are hydrogen, such that the compound has thestructure of formula (Ia)


3. The method of claim 2, wherein: R³ and R⁷ are independently selectedfrom hydrogen and halo; and R² and R⁶ are independently selected fromhydrogen, halo, formyl, cyano, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₂₄alkoxy (including heteroatom-containing C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy), C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy,carbamoyl (including unsubstituted carbamoyl (i.e., —(CO)—NH₂),mono-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, and heteroatom-containing C₁-C₁₂ alkyl substitutedcarbamoyl), C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, and amino (including mono- anddi-(C₁-C₁₂ alkyl)-substituted amino, C₃-C₁₂ cyclic amino,heteroatom-containing C₂-C₁₂ cyclic amino, and salts thereof).
 4. Themethod of claim 2, wherein R² and R⁶ are independently selected fromelectron withdrawing groups.
 5. The method of claim 2, wherein R⁹ isselected from hydrogen, halo, cyano, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, andamino.
 6. The method of claim 2, wherein R¹⁰ is selected from isselected from C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, and C₁-C₂₄alkoxy.
 7. The method of claim 6, wherein R¹⁰ is selected fromunsubstituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, heteroatomcontaining C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, unsubstituted C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, substitutedC₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, heteroatom containing C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, unsubstitutedC₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, substituted C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, heteroatom containing C₂-C₂₄alkynyl, unsubstituted C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, andheteroatom containing C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy.
 8. The method of claim 6, whereinR¹⁰ has the structure —O-L-Q1, wherein: L is a linker selected from abond, a C₁-C₁₂ straight chain, C₂-C₁₂ branched, or C₃-C₁₂ cyclicalkylene group that may be substituted, unsubstituted, heteroatomcontaining, or a combination thereof, and an alkylene oxide oligomer;and Q1 is selected from hydrogen, —NR^(y1)R^(y2)(R^(y3))_(n2)(X)_(n3),—CHR^(x1)R^(x2), and —SR^(z1), wherein: R^(y1) and R^(y2) areindependently selected from hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl,C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, amino, imino, C₁-C₂₄alkylsulfonyl, and C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfonyl, any of which may be furthersubstituted and/or heteroatom-containing where such groups permit, orwherein R^(y1) and R^(y2) are taken together to form a cyclic orpolycyclic group that may be unsubstituted, substituted, and/or furtherheteroatom-containing; R^(y3) is selected from hydrogen and C₁-C₁₂alkyl; n2 and n3 are the same and are selected from 0 and 1; X is anegatively charged counterion; R^(x1) and R^(x2) are independentlyselected from hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl,C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, any of which may be further substitutedand/or heteroatom-containing where such groups permit, or wherein R^(x1)and R^(x2) are taken together to form a cyclic or polycyclic group thatmay be unsubstituted, substituted, and/or further heteroatom-containing;and R^(z1) is selected from C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl,C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, any of which may be further substitutedand/or heteroatom-containing where such groups permit, with the provisothat L is not a bond when Q1 is other than —CHR^(x1)R^(x2).
 9. Themethod of claim 2, wherein R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected fromhydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, and amine protectinggroups.
 10. The method of claim 1, wherein the bacterial infection is bya Gram-positive bacteria.
 11. The method of claim 1, wherein thebacterial infection is by a Gram-negative bacteria.
 12. The method ofclaim 1, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection of Francisellatularensis, Bacillus anthracis, Yersinia pestis, Brucella abortus,Burkholderia mallei, Burkholderia pseudomallei, Acinetobacter baumannii,Listeria monocytogenes, Shigella dysenteriae, Enterococcus faecalis,Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium bovis, Mycobacteriumafricanum, Mycobacterium canetti, Mycobacterium microti,Vancomycin-resistant enterococci, Vancomycin-sensitive enterococci,methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus; methicillin-resistantStaphylococcus aureus; penicillin-susceptible S. pneumoniae; orpenicillin-resistant S. pneumoniae.
 13. The method of claim 1, whereinthe compound is administered in the form of a composition.
 14. Themethod of claim 13, wherein the composition comprises at least twocompounds having the structure of formula (I).
 15. A method for reducinga population of bacteria, comprising administering a compound having thestructure of formula (I)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, and R¹⁰ are substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl,C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato,carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substitutedarylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato,isocyanato, dihydroxyboryl, di-(C₁-C₂₄)-alkoxyboryl, isothiocyanato,azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₆-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents selected from R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ may belinked to form a cyclic structure selected from five-membered rings,six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/or six-membered rings,wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, orheteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogen substituents and zero to3 heteroatoms; and R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)amino-substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and nitrogen protecting groups.
 16. The method of claim15, wherein the bacteria are Gram positive.
 17. The method of claim 15,wherein the bacteria are Gram negative.
 18. The method of claim 15,wherein the bacteria are of the genus Escherichia, Enterobacter,Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Shigella, Listeria, Aerobacter,Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Streptococcus,Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Pneumococcus, Neisseria, Clostridium, Bacillus,Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Campylobacter, Vibrio, Serratia,Providencia, Chromobacterium, Brucella, Yersinia, Haemophilus,Bordetella, or Francisella.
 19. The method of claim 18, wherein thebacteria are present in the body of a mammal.
 20. A compound having thestructure of formula (I)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, and R⁹, are substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl,C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato,carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substitutedcarbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substitutedarylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato,isocyanato, dihydroxyboryl, di-(C₁-C₂₄)-alkoxyboryl, isothiocyanato,azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₆-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents selected from R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ may belinked to form a cyclic structure selected from five-membered rings,six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/or six-membered rings,wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic, heteroaromatic, orheteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogen substituents and zero to3 heteroatoms; R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen, formyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)amino-substitutedC₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and nitrogen protecting groups; and R¹⁰ is—O-L-N(R^(y1))(R^(y2))(R^(y3))(X), —O-L-SR^(z1), or has the structure

wherein: L is a linker selected from a C₁-C₁₂ straight chain, C₂-C₁₂branched, or C₃-C₁₂ cyclic alkylene group that may be substituted,unsubstituted, heteroatom containing, or a combination thereof, and analkylene oxide oligomer; L₁ is a linker selected from a bond, a C₁-C₁₂straight chain, C₂-C₁₂ branched, or C₃-C₁₂ cyclic alkylene group thatmay be substituted, unsubstituted, heteroatom containing, or acombination thereof, and an alkylene oxide oligomer; R^(y1), R^(y2), andR^(y3) are independently selected from hydrogen and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; X is anegatively charged counterion; R^(z1) is selected from C₁-C₂₄ alkyl,C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, and C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl; Q₁ andQ₂ are selected from a bond and —CH₂—; Q₃ is selected from a bond,—CH(R^(a3))—, —O—, and —NR^(a4)—, provided that Q₃ is not a bond whenboth Q₁ and Q₂ are bonds; R^(a1) and R^(a2) are independently selectedfrom hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl-substituted amino, andC₁-C₁₂ alkyl; R^(a3) and R^(a4) are independently selected fromhydrogen, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, unsubstituted amino, and mono- or di-(C₁-C₁₂alkyl)-substituted amino; Q₄, Q₅, and Q₆ are selected from —CHR^(b1)—and —NR^(b1)—, where R^(b1) is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino,C₁-C₁₂ alkyl-substituted amino, and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; p1 is an integer inthe range of 0-2; Q⁷ is selected from —CH< and —N<; Q⁸, Q⁹, Q¹⁰, and Q¹¹are independently selected from —CH(R^(e1))—, ═C(R^(e1))—, —NR^(e1)—,and —N═, where R^(e1) is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, C₁-C₁₂alkyl-substituted amino, and C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, provided that: (1) any two ofQ⁸, Q⁹, Q¹⁰, and Q¹¹ that are adjacent each other may be linked by adouble bond, with the proviso that no more than two double bonds arepresent, and, when two double bonds are present, a single bond ispresent between them; and (2) any two adjacent R^(e1) groups may betaken together to form a 5- or 6-membered ring that may be furthersubstituted and may have one or more heteroatoms; and R^(c1), R^(c2),and R^(c3) are independently selected from hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, andC₅-C₂₀ aryl, any of which may be further substituted and/orheteroatom-containing, or wherein any two of R^(c1), R^(c2), and R^(c3)may be taken together to form a cyclic or polycyclic group that may beunsubstituted, substituted, and/or further heteroatom-containing.
 21. Amethod for preventing or treating a bacterial infection in a mammalianindividual, comprising administering to the individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound having the structure of formula (II)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ are independently selectedfrom the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl,C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo,hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀aryloxycarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonato, carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano,isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, isothiocyanato, azido, formyl,thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted amino, mono-and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₅-C₂₀arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino, nitro, nitroso, sulfo,sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl,C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfonyl,phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino, andcombinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents may be linked to form a cyclic structure selected fromfive-membered rings, six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/orsix-membered rings, wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic,heteroaromatic, or heteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogensubstituents and zero to 3 heteroatoms, with the proviso that one butnot both of R² and R⁶ can be amino, mono-substituted amino, ordi-substituted amino; R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl,amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄ alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl; R¹³ and R¹⁴are defined as for R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸, with the provisothat at least one of R¹³ and R¹⁴ is other than hydrogen; and X is O, S,arylene, heteroarylene, CR¹⁵R¹⁶ or NR¹⁷ wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ arehydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ where R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ arehydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl, and R¹⁷ is as defined for R¹¹ and R¹².
 22. Amethod for preventing or treating a bacterial infection in a mammalianindividual, comprising administering to the individual a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a compound having the structure of formula (III)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R²⁰, and R²¹ are independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl, C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl,halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄ alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl, acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀aryloxycarbonyl, halocarbonyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀arylcarbonato, carboxy, carboxylato, carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl,mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano,isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, isothiocyanato, azido, formyl,thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted amino, mono-and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino, C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₅-C₂₀arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino, nitro, nitroso, sulfo,sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl,C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfonyl,phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino, andcombinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents may be linked to form a cyclic structure selected fromfive-membered rings, six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/orsix-membered rings, wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic,heteroaromatic, or heteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogensubstituents and zero to 3 heteroatoms; R¹¹ and R¹² are independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl; and X is O, S, arylene,heteroarylene, CR¹⁵R¹⁶ or NR¹⁷ wherein R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are hydrogen, C₁-C₆alkyl, or together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ where R¹⁸ and R¹⁹ are hydrogen or C₁-C₆alkyl, and R¹⁷ is as defined for R¹¹ and R¹².
 23. A method forpreventing or treating a bacterial infection in a mammalian individual,comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effectiveamount of a compound having the structure of formula (IV)

wherein: R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R^(5A), R^(6A), R^(7A), R^(8A),R²² and R²³ are independently selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen, C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyl, C₅-C₂₀ aryl,C₆-C₂₄ alkaryl, C₆-C₂₄ aralkyl, halo, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C₁-C₂₄alkoxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkenyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkynyloxy, C₅-C₂₀ aryloxy, acyl,acyloxy, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, C₆-C₂₀ aryloxycarbonyl, halocarbonyl,C₂-C₂₄ alkylcarbonato, C₆-C₂₀ arylcarbonato, carboxy, carboxylato,carbamoyl, mono-(C₁-C₂₄ alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl, mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl,thiocarbamoyl, carbamido, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato,isothiocyanato, azido, formyl, thioformyl, amino, mono- and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C₅-C₂₀ aryl)-substituted amino,C₂-C₂₄ alkylamido, C₅-C₂₀ arylamido, imino, alkylimino, arylimino,nitro, nitroso, sulfo, sulfonato, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfanyl, arylsulfanyl,C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfinyl, C₅-C₂₀ arylsulfinyl, C₁-C₂₄ alkylsulfonyl, C₅-C₂₀arylsulfonyl, phosphono, phosphonato, phosphinato, phospho, phosphino,and combinations thereof, and further wherein any two adjacent (ortho)substituents may be linked to form a cyclic structure selected fromfive-membered rings, six-membered rings, and fused five-membered and/orsix-membered rings, wherein the cyclic structure is aromatic, alicyclic,heteroaromatic, or heteroalicyclic, and has zero to 4 non-hydrogensubstituents and zero to 3 heteroatoms; R¹¹, R¹², and R^(12A) areindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁-C₂₄alkyl, C₂-C₂₄ alkoxycarbonyl, amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, (C₁-C₂₄alkylamino)-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl, and di-(C₁-C₂₄alkyl)amino-substituted C₁-C₂₄ alkyl; and X¹ and X² are independentselected from O, S, arylene, heteroarylene, CR¹⁵R¹⁶ and NR¹⁷ wherein R¹⁵and R¹⁶ are hydrogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, or together form ═CR¹⁸R¹⁹ where R¹⁸and R¹⁹ are hydrogen or C₁-C₆ alkyl, and R¹⁷ is as defined for R¹¹ andR¹², with the proviso that at least one of R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R⁷,R⁸, R^(5A), R^(6A), R^(7A), R^(8A), R¹¹, R²² and R²³ is other thanhydrogen.